solocraft + dynamicxp
This commit is contained in:
20
dep/recastnavigation/CMakeLists.txt
Normal file
20
dep/recastnavigation/CMakeLists.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2005-2011 MaNGOS project <http://getmangos.com/>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
add_subdirectory(Detour)
|
||||
add_subdirectory(Recast)
|
||||
33
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/CMakeLists.txt
Normal file
33
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/CMakeLists.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2008-2015 TrinityCore <http://www.trinitycore.org/>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives
|
||||
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
|
||||
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
|
||||
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the
|
||||
# implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
|
||||
set(Detour_STAT_SRCS
|
||||
Source/DetourAlloc.cpp
|
||||
Source/DetourCommon.cpp
|
||||
Source/DetourNavMesh.cpp
|
||||
Source/DetourNavMeshBuilder.cpp
|
||||
Source/DetourNavMeshQuery.cpp
|
||||
Source/DetourNode.cpp
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(Detour STATIC ${Detour_STAT_SRCS})
|
||||
|
||||
target_include_directories(Detour
|
||||
PUBLIC
|
||||
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/Include)
|
||||
|
||||
target_link_libraries(Detour
|
||||
PUBLIC
|
||||
zlib)
|
||||
|
||||
set_target_properties(Detour
|
||||
PROPERTIES
|
||||
FOLDER
|
||||
"dep")
|
||||
61
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourAlloc.h
Normal file
61
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourAlloc.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DETOURALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
#define DETOURALLOCATOR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Provides hint values to the memory allocator on how long the
|
||||
/// memory is expected to be used.
|
||||
enum dtAllocHint
|
||||
{
|
||||
DT_ALLOC_PERM, ///< Memory persist after a function call.
|
||||
DT_ALLOC_TEMP ///< Memory used temporarily within a function.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A memory allocation function.
|
||||
// @param[in] size The size, in bytes of memory, to allocate.
|
||||
// @param[in] rcAllocHint A hint to the allocator on how long the memory is expected to be in use.
|
||||
// @return A pointer to the beginning of the allocated memory block, or null if the allocation failed.
|
||||
/// @see dtAllocSetCustom
|
||||
typedef void* (dtAllocFunc)(size_t size, dtAllocHint hint);
|
||||
|
||||
/// A memory deallocation function.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ptr A pointer to a memory block previously allocated using #dtAllocFunc.
|
||||
/// @see dtAllocSetCustom
|
||||
typedef void (dtFreeFunc)(void* ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the base custom allocation functions to be used by Detour.
|
||||
/// @param[in] allocFunc The memory allocation function to be used by #dtAlloc
|
||||
/// @param[in] freeFunc The memory de-allocation function to be used by #dtFree
|
||||
void dtAllocSetCustom(dtAllocFunc *allocFunc, dtFreeFunc *freeFunc);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Allocates a memory block.
|
||||
/// @param[in] size The size, in bytes of memory, to allocate.
|
||||
/// @param[in] hint A hint to the allocator on how long the memory is expected to be in use.
|
||||
/// @return A pointer to the beginning of the allocated memory block, or null if the allocation failed.
|
||||
/// @see dtFree
|
||||
void* dtAlloc(size_t size, dtAllocHint hint);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Deallocates a memory block.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ptr A pointer to a memory block previously allocated using #dtAlloc.
|
||||
/// @see dtAlloc
|
||||
void dtFree(void* ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
33
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourAssert.h
Normal file
33
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourAssert.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DETOURASSERT_H
|
||||
#define DETOURASSERT_H
|
||||
|
||||
// Note: This header file's only purpose is to include define assert.
|
||||
// Feel free to change the file and include your own implementation instead.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NDEBUG
|
||||
// From http://cnicholson.net/2009/02/stupid-c-tricks-adventures-in-assert/
|
||||
# define dtAssert(x) do { (void)sizeof(x); } while((void)(__LINE__==-1),false)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <assert.h>
|
||||
# define dtAssert assert
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DETOURASSERT_H
|
||||
550
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourCommon.h
Normal file
550
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourCommon.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DETOURCOMMON_H
|
||||
#define DETOURCOMMON_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "DetourMath.h"
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
@defgroup detour Detour
|
||||
|
||||
Members in this module are used to create, manipulate, and query navigation
|
||||
meshes.
|
||||
|
||||
@note This is a summary list of members. Use the index or search
|
||||
feature to find minor members.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/// @name General helper functions
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Used to ignore a function parameter. VS complains about unused parameters
|
||||
/// and this silences the warning.
|
||||
/// @param [in] _ Unused parameter
|
||||
template<class T> void dtIgnoreUnused(const T&) { }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Swaps the values of the two parameters.
|
||||
/// @param[in,out] a Value A
|
||||
/// @param[in,out] b Value B
|
||||
template<class T> inline void dtSwap(T& a, T& b) { T t = a; a = b; b = t; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the minimum of two values.
|
||||
/// @param[in] a Value A
|
||||
/// @param[in] b Value B
|
||||
/// @return The minimum of the two values.
|
||||
template<class T> inline T dtMin(T a, T b) { return a < b ? a : b; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the maximum of two values.
|
||||
/// @param[in] a Value A
|
||||
/// @param[in] b Value B
|
||||
/// @return The maximum of the two values.
|
||||
template<class T> inline T dtMax(T a, T b) { return a > b ? a : b; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the absolute value.
|
||||
/// @param[in] a The value.
|
||||
/// @return The absolute value of the specified value.
|
||||
template<class T> inline T dtAbs(T a) { return a < 0 ? -a : a; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the square of the value.
|
||||
/// @param[in] a The value.
|
||||
/// @return The square of the value.
|
||||
template<class T> inline T dtSqr(T a) { return a*a; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Clamps the value to the specified range.
|
||||
/// @param[in] v The value to clamp.
|
||||
/// @param[in] mn The minimum permitted return value.
|
||||
/// @param[in] mx The maximum permitted return value.
|
||||
/// @return The value, clamped to the specified range.
|
||||
template<class T> inline T dtClamp(T v, T mn, T mx) { return v < mn ? mn : (v > mx ? mx : v); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
/// @name Vector helper functions.
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the cross product of two vectors. (@p v1 x @p v2)
|
||||
/// @param[out] dest The cross product. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v1 A Vector [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v2 A vector [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
inline void dtVcross(float* dest, const float* v1, const float* v2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dest[0] = v1[1]*v2[2] - v1[2]*v2[1];
|
||||
dest[1] = v1[2]*v2[0] - v1[0]*v2[2];
|
||||
dest[2] = v1[0]*v2[1] - v1[1]*v2[0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the dot product of two vectors. (@p v1 . @p v2)
|
||||
/// @param[in] v1 A Vector [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v2 A vector [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The dot product.
|
||||
inline float dtVdot(const float* v1, const float* v2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return v1[0]*v2[0] + v1[1]*v2[1] + v1[2]*v2[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Performs a scaled vector addition. (@p v1 + (@p v2 * @p s))
|
||||
/// @param[out] dest The result vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v1 The base vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v2 The vector to scale and add to @p v1. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] s The amount to scale @p v2 by before adding to @p v1.
|
||||
inline void dtVmad(float* dest, const float* v1, const float* v2, const float s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dest[0] = v1[0]+v2[0]*s;
|
||||
dest[1] = v1[1]+v2[1]*s;
|
||||
dest[2] = v1[2]+v2[2]*s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Performs a linear interpolation between two vectors. (@p v1 toward @p v2)
|
||||
/// @param[out] dest The result vector. [(x, y, x)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v1 The starting vector.
|
||||
/// @param[in] v2 The destination vector.
|
||||
/// @param[in] t The interpolation factor. [Limits: 0 <= value <= 1.0]
|
||||
inline void dtVlerp(float* dest, const float* v1, const float* v2, const float t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dest[0] = v1[0]+(v2[0]-v1[0])*t;
|
||||
dest[1] = v1[1]+(v2[1]-v1[1])*t;
|
||||
dest[2] = v1[2]+(v2[2]-v1[2])*t;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Performs a vector addition. (@p v1 + @p v2)
|
||||
/// @param[out] dest The result vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v1 The base vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v2 The vector to add to @p v1. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
inline void dtVadd(float* dest, const float* v1, const float* v2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dest[0] = v1[0]+v2[0];
|
||||
dest[1] = v1[1]+v2[1];
|
||||
dest[2] = v1[2]+v2[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Performs a vector subtraction. (@p v1 - @p v2)
|
||||
/// @param[out] dest The result vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v1 The base vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v2 The vector to subtract from @p v1. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
inline void dtVsub(float* dest, const float* v1, const float* v2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dest[0] = v1[0]-v2[0];
|
||||
dest[1] = v1[1]-v2[1];
|
||||
dest[2] = v1[2]-v2[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Scales the vector by the specified value. (@p v * @p t)
|
||||
/// @param[out] dest The result vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v The vector to scale. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] t The scaling factor.
|
||||
inline void dtVscale(float* dest, const float* v, const float t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dest[0] = v[0]*t;
|
||||
dest[1] = v[1]*t;
|
||||
dest[2] = v[2]*t;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Selects the minimum value of each element from the specified vectors.
|
||||
/// @param[in,out] mn A vector. (Will be updated with the result.) [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v A vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
inline void dtVmin(float* mn, const float* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mn[0] = dtMin(mn[0], v[0]);
|
||||
mn[1] = dtMin(mn[1], v[1]);
|
||||
mn[2] = dtMin(mn[2], v[2]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Selects the maximum value of each element from the specified vectors.
|
||||
/// @param[in,out] mx A vector. (Will be updated with the result.) [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v A vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
inline void dtVmax(float* mx, const float* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mx[0] = dtMax(mx[0], v[0]);
|
||||
mx[1] = dtMax(mx[1], v[1]);
|
||||
mx[2] = dtMax(mx[2], v[2]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the vector elements to the specified values.
|
||||
/// @param[out] dest The result vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] x The x-value of the vector.
|
||||
/// @param[in] y The y-value of the vector.
|
||||
/// @param[in] z The z-value of the vector.
|
||||
inline void dtVset(float* dest, const float x, const float y, const float z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dest[0] = x; dest[1] = y; dest[2] = z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Performs a vector copy.
|
||||
/// @param[out] dest The result. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] a The vector to copy. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
inline void dtVcopy(float* dest, const float* a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dest[0] = a[0];
|
||||
dest[1] = a[1];
|
||||
dest[2] = a[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the scalar length of the vector.
|
||||
/// @param[in] v The vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The scalar length of the vector.
|
||||
inline float dtVlen(const float* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return dtMathSqrtf(v[0] * v[0] + v[1] * v[1] + v[2] * v[2]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the square of the scalar length of the vector. (len * len)
|
||||
/// @param[in] v The vector. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The square of the scalar length of the vector.
|
||||
inline float dtVlenSqr(const float* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return v[0]*v[0] + v[1]*v[1] + v[2]*v[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the distance between two points.
|
||||
/// @param[in] v1 A point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v2 A point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The distance between the two points.
|
||||
inline float dtVdist(const float* v1, const float* v2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float dx = v2[0] - v1[0];
|
||||
const float dy = v2[1] - v1[1];
|
||||
const float dz = v2[2] - v1[2];
|
||||
return dtMathSqrtf(dx*dx + dy*dy + dz*dz);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the square of the distance between two points.
|
||||
/// @param[in] v1 A point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v2 A point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The square of the distance between the two points.
|
||||
inline float dtVdistSqr(const float* v1, const float* v2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float dx = v2[0] - v1[0];
|
||||
const float dy = v2[1] - v1[1];
|
||||
const float dz = v2[2] - v1[2];
|
||||
return dx*dx + dy*dy + dz*dz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the distance between the specified points on the xz-plane.
|
||||
/// @param[in] v1 A point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v2 A point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The distance between the point on the xz-plane.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The vectors are projected onto the xz-plane, so the y-values are ignored.
|
||||
inline float dtVdist2D(const float* v1, const float* v2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float dx = v2[0] - v1[0];
|
||||
const float dz = v2[2] - v1[2];
|
||||
return dtMathSqrtf(dx*dx + dz*dz);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the square of the distance between the specified points on the xz-plane.
|
||||
/// @param[in] v1 A point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v2 A point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The square of the distance between the point on the xz-plane.
|
||||
inline float dtVdist2DSqr(const float* v1, const float* v2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float dx = v2[0] - v1[0];
|
||||
const float dz = v2[2] - v1[2];
|
||||
return dx*dx + dz*dz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Normalizes the vector.
|
||||
/// @param[in,out] v The vector to normalize. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
inline void dtVnormalize(float* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float d = 1.0f / dtMathSqrtf(dtSqr(v[0]) + dtSqr(v[1]) + dtSqr(v[2]));
|
||||
v[0] *= d;
|
||||
v[1] *= d;
|
||||
v[2] *= d;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Performs a 'sloppy' colocation check of the specified points.
|
||||
/// @param[in] p0 A point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] p1 A point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return True if the points are considered to be at the same location.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Basically, this function will return true if the specified points are
|
||||
/// close enough to eachother to be considered colocated.
|
||||
inline bool dtVequal(const float* p0, const float* p1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const float thr = dtSqr(1.0f/16384.0f);
|
||||
const float d = dtVdistSqr(p0, p1);
|
||||
return d < thr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the dot product of two vectors on the xz-plane. (@p u . @p v)
|
||||
/// @param[in] u A vector [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v A vector [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The dot product on the xz-plane.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The vectors are projected onto the xz-plane, so the y-values are ignored.
|
||||
inline float dtVdot2D(const float* u, const float* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return u[0]*v[0] + u[2]*v[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the xz-plane 2D perp product of the two vectors. (uz*vx - ux*vz)
|
||||
/// @param[in] u The LHV vector [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] v The RHV vector [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The dot product on the xz-plane.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The vectors are projected onto the xz-plane, so the y-values are ignored.
|
||||
inline float dtVperp2D(const float* u, const float* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return u[2]*v[0] - u[0]*v[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
/// @name Computational geometry helper functions.
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the signed xz-plane area of the triangle ABC, or the relationship of line AB to point C.
|
||||
/// @param[in] a Vertex A. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] b Vertex B. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] c Vertex C. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The signed xz-plane area of the triangle.
|
||||
inline float dtTriArea2D(const float* a, const float* b, const float* c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float abx = b[0] - a[0];
|
||||
const float abz = b[2] - a[2];
|
||||
const float acx = c[0] - a[0];
|
||||
const float acz = c[2] - a[2];
|
||||
return acx*abz - abx*acz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determines if two axis-aligned bounding boxes overlap.
|
||||
/// @param[in] amin Minimum bounds of box A. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] amax Maximum bounds of box A. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] bmin Minimum bounds of box B. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] bmax Maximum bounds of box B. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return True if the two AABB's overlap.
|
||||
/// @see dtOverlapBounds
|
||||
inline bool dtOverlapQuantBounds(const unsigned short amin[3], const unsigned short amax[3],
|
||||
const unsigned short bmin[3], const unsigned short bmax[3])
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool overlap = true;
|
||||
overlap = (amin[0] > bmax[0] || amax[0] < bmin[0]) ? false : overlap;
|
||||
overlap = (amin[1] > bmax[1] || amax[1] < bmin[1]) ? false : overlap;
|
||||
overlap = (amin[2] > bmax[2] || amax[2] < bmin[2]) ? false : overlap;
|
||||
return overlap;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determines if two axis-aligned bounding boxes overlap.
|
||||
/// @param[in] amin Minimum bounds of box A. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] amax Maximum bounds of box A. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] bmin Minimum bounds of box B. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] bmax Maximum bounds of box B. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return True if the two AABB's overlap.
|
||||
/// @see dtOverlapQuantBounds
|
||||
inline bool dtOverlapBounds(const float* amin, const float* amax,
|
||||
const float* bmin, const float* bmax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool overlap = true;
|
||||
overlap = (amin[0] > bmax[0] || amax[0] < bmin[0]) ? false : overlap;
|
||||
overlap = (amin[1] > bmax[1] || amax[1] < bmin[1]) ? false : overlap;
|
||||
overlap = (amin[2] > bmax[2] || amax[2] < bmin[2]) ? false : overlap;
|
||||
return overlap;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the closest point on a triangle from the specified reference point.
|
||||
/// @param[out] closest The closest point on the triangle.
|
||||
/// @param[in] p The reference point from which to test. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] a Vertex A of triangle ABC. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] b Vertex B of triangle ABC. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] c Vertex C of triangle ABC. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
void dtClosestPtPointTriangle(float* closest, const float* p,
|
||||
const float* a, const float* b, const float* c);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the y-axis height of the closest point on the triangle from the specified reference point.
|
||||
/// @param[in] p The reference point from which to test. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] a Vertex A of triangle ABC. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] b Vertex B of triangle ABC. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] c Vertex C of triangle ABC. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[out] h The resulting height.
|
||||
bool dtClosestHeightPointTriangle(const float* p, const float* a, const float* b, const float* c, float& h);
|
||||
|
||||
bool dtIntersectSegmentPoly2D(const float* p0, const float* p1,
|
||||
const float* verts, int nverts,
|
||||
float& tmin, float& tmax,
|
||||
int& segMin, int& segMax);
|
||||
|
||||
bool dtIntersectSegSeg2D(const float* ap, const float* aq,
|
||||
const float* bp, const float* bq,
|
||||
float& s, float& t);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determines if the specified point is inside the convex polygon on the xz-plane.
|
||||
/// @param[in] pt The point to check. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] verts The polygon vertices. [(x, y, z) * @p nverts]
|
||||
/// @param[in] nverts The number of vertices. [Limit: >= 3]
|
||||
/// @return True if the point is inside the polygon.
|
||||
bool dtPointInPolygon(const float* pt, const float* verts, const int nverts);
|
||||
|
||||
bool dtDistancePtPolyEdgesSqr(const float* pt, const float* verts, const int nverts,
|
||||
float* ed, float* et);
|
||||
|
||||
float dtDistancePtSegSqr2D(const float* pt, const float* p, const float* q, float& t);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives the centroid of a convex polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[out] tc The centroid of the polgyon. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] idx The polygon indices. [(vertIndex) * @p nidx]
|
||||
/// @param[in] nidx The number of indices in the polygon. [Limit: >= 3]
|
||||
/// @param[in] verts The polygon vertices. [(x, y, z) * vertCount]
|
||||
void dtCalcPolyCenter(float* tc, const unsigned short* idx, int nidx, const float* verts);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determines if the two convex polygons overlap on the xz-plane.
|
||||
/// @param[in] polya Polygon A vertices. [(x, y, z) * @p npolya]
|
||||
/// @param[in] npolya The number of vertices in polygon A.
|
||||
/// @param[in] polyb Polygon B vertices. [(x, y, z) * @p npolyb]
|
||||
/// @param[in] npolyb The number of vertices in polygon B.
|
||||
/// @return True if the two polygons overlap.
|
||||
bool dtOverlapPolyPoly2D(const float* polya, const int npolya,
|
||||
const float* polyb, const int npolyb);
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
/// @name Miscellanious functions.
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
inline unsigned int dtNextPow2(unsigned int v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
v--;
|
||||
v |= v >> 1;
|
||||
v |= v >> 2;
|
||||
v |= v >> 4;
|
||||
v |= v >> 8;
|
||||
v |= v >> 16;
|
||||
v++;
|
||||
return v;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline unsigned int dtIlog2(unsigned int v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int r;
|
||||
unsigned int shift;
|
||||
r = (v > 0xffff) << 4; v >>= r;
|
||||
shift = (v > 0xff) << 3; v >>= shift; r |= shift;
|
||||
shift = (v > 0xf) << 2; v >>= shift; r |= shift;
|
||||
shift = (v > 0x3) << 1; v >>= shift; r |= shift;
|
||||
r |= (v >> 1);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int dtAlign4(int x) { return (x+3) & ~3; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline int dtOppositeTile(int side) { return (side+4) & 0x7; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline void dtSwapByte(unsigned char* a, unsigned char* b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char tmp = *a;
|
||||
*a = *b;
|
||||
*b = tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void dtSwapEndian(unsigned short* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char* x = (unsigned char*)v;
|
||||
dtSwapByte(x+0, x+1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void dtSwapEndian(short* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char* x = (unsigned char*)v;
|
||||
dtSwapByte(x+0, x+1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void dtSwapEndian(unsigned int* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char* x = (unsigned char*)v;
|
||||
dtSwapByte(x+0, x+3); dtSwapByte(x+1, x+2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void dtSwapEndian(int* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char* x = (unsigned char*)v;
|
||||
dtSwapByte(x+0, x+3); dtSwapByte(x+1, x+2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void dtSwapEndian(float* v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char* x = (unsigned char*)v;
|
||||
dtSwapByte(x+0, x+3); dtSwapByte(x+1, x+2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void dtRandomPointInConvexPoly(const float* pts, const int npts, float* areas,
|
||||
const float s, const float t, float* out);
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename TypeToRetrieveAs>
|
||||
TypeToRetrieveAs* dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer(const unsigned char*& buffer, const size_t distanceToAdvance)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TypeToRetrieveAs* returnPointer = reinterpret_cast<TypeToRetrieveAs*>(buffer);
|
||||
buffer += distanceToAdvance;
|
||||
return returnPointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
template<typename TypeToRetrieveAs>
|
||||
TypeToRetrieveAs* dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer(unsigned char*& buffer, const size_t distanceToAdvance)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TypeToRetrieveAs* returnPointer = reinterpret_cast<TypeToRetrieveAs*>(buffer);
|
||||
buffer += distanceToAdvance;
|
||||
return returnPointer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DETOURCOMMON_H
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// This section contains detailed documentation for members that don't have
|
||||
// a source file. It reduces clutter in the main section of the header.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
||||
@fn float dtTriArea2D(const float* a, const float* b, const float* c)
|
||||
@par
|
||||
|
||||
The vertices are projected onto the xz-plane, so the y-values are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
This is a low cost function than can be used for various purposes. Its main purpose
|
||||
is for point/line relationship testing.
|
||||
|
||||
In all cases: A value of zero indicates that all vertices are collinear or represent the same point.
|
||||
(On the xz-plane.)
|
||||
|
||||
When used for point/line relationship tests, AB usually represents a line against which
|
||||
the C point is to be tested. In this case:
|
||||
|
||||
A positive value indicates that point C is to the left of line AB, looking from A toward B.<br/>
|
||||
A negative value indicates that point C is to the right of lineAB, looking from A toward B.
|
||||
|
||||
When used for evaluating a triangle:
|
||||
|
||||
The absolute value of the return value is two times the area of the triangle when it is
|
||||
projected onto the xz-plane.
|
||||
|
||||
A positive return value indicates:
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>The vertices are wrapped in the normal Detour wrap direction.</li>
|
||||
<li>The triangle's 3D face normal is in the general up direction.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
A negative return value indicates:
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li>The vertices are reverse wrapped. (Wrapped opposite the normal Detour wrap direction.)</li>
|
||||
<li>The triangle's 3D face normal is in the general down direction.</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
20
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourMath.h
Normal file
20
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourMath.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
@defgroup detour Detour
|
||||
|
||||
Members in this module are wrappers around the standard math library
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DETOURMATH_H
|
||||
#define DETOURMATH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
inline float dtMathFabsf(float x) { return fabsf(x); }
|
||||
inline float dtMathSqrtf(float x) { return sqrtf(x); }
|
||||
inline float dtMathFloorf(float x) { return floorf(x); }
|
||||
inline float dtMathCeilf(float x) { return ceilf(x); }
|
||||
inline float dtMathCosf(float x) { return cosf(x); }
|
||||
inline float dtMathSinf(float x) { return sinf(x); }
|
||||
inline float dtMathAtan2f(float y, float x) { return atan2f(y, x); }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
785
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourNavMesh.h
Normal file
785
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourNavMesh.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DETOURNAVMESH_H
|
||||
#define DETOURNAVMESH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "DetourAlloc.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourStatus.h"
|
||||
#include <mutex>
|
||||
#include <atomic>
|
||||
|
||||
// Undefine (or define in a build cofnig) the following line to use 64bit polyref.
|
||||
// Generally not needed, useful for very large worlds.
|
||||
// Note: tiles build using 32bit refs are not compatible with 64bit refs!
|
||||
#define DT_POLYREF64 1
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DT_POLYREF64
|
||||
// TODO: figure out a multiplatform version of uint64_t
|
||||
// - maybe: https://code.google.com/p/msinttypes/
|
||||
// - or: http://www.azillionmonkeys.com/qed/pstdint.h
|
||||
#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
|
||||
/// Do not rename back to uint64. Otherwise mac complains about typedef redefinition
|
||||
typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_d;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#ifndef uint64_t
|
||||
#ifdef __linux__
|
||||
#include <linux/types.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/// Do not rename back to uint64. Otherwise mac complains about typedef redefinition
|
||||
typedef uint64_t uint64_d;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Note: If you want to use 64-bit refs, change the types of both dtPolyRef & dtTileRef.
|
||||
// It is also recommended that you change dtHashRef() to a proper 64-bit hash.
|
||||
|
||||
/// A handle to a polygon within a navigation mesh tile.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
#ifdef DT_POLYREF64
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_SALT_BITS = 12;
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_TILE_BITS = 21;
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_POLY_BITS = 31;
|
||||
typedef uint64_d dtPolyRef;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef unsigned int dtPolyRef;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// A handle to a tile within a navigation mesh.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
#ifdef DT_POLYREF64
|
||||
typedef uint64_d dtTileRef;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef unsigned int dtTileRef;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum number of vertices per navigation polygon.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
static const int DT_VERTS_PER_POLYGON = 6;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
/// @name Tile Serialization Constants
|
||||
/// These constants are used to detect whether a navigation tile's data
|
||||
/// and state format is compatible with the current build.
|
||||
///
|
||||
|
||||
/// A magic number used to detect compatibility of navigation tile data.
|
||||
static const int DT_NAVMESH_MAGIC = 'D'<<24 | 'N'<<16 | 'A'<<8 | 'V';
|
||||
|
||||
/// A version number used to detect compatibility of navigation tile data.
|
||||
static const int DT_NAVMESH_VERSION = 7;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A magic number used to detect the compatibility of navigation tile states.
|
||||
static const int DT_NAVMESH_STATE_MAGIC = 'D'<<24 | 'N'<<16 | 'M'<<8 | 'S';
|
||||
|
||||
/// A version number used to detect compatibility of navigation tile states.
|
||||
static const int DT_NAVMESH_STATE_VERSION = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
|
||||
/// A flag that indicates that an entity links to an external entity.
|
||||
/// (E.g. A polygon edge is a portal that links to another polygon.)
|
||||
static const unsigned short DT_EXT_LINK = 0x8000;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A value that indicates the entity does not link to anything.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_NULL_LINK = 0xffffffff;
|
||||
|
||||
/// A flag that indicates that an off-mesh connection can be traversed in both directions. (Is bidirectional.)
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_OFFMESH_CON_BIDIR = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum number of user defined area ids.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
static const int DT_MAX_AREAS = 64;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Tile flags used for various functions and fields.
|
||||
/// For an example, see dtNavMesh::addTile().
|
||||
enum dtTileFlags
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The navigation mesh owns the tile memory and is responsible for freeing it.
|
||||
DT_TILE_FREE_DATA = 0x01,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Vertex flags returned by dtNavMeshQuery::findStraightPath.
|
||||
enum dtStraightPathFlags
|
||||
{
|
||||
DT_STRAIGHTPATH_START = 0x01, ///< The vertex is the start position in the path.
|
||||
DT_STRAIGHTPATH_END = 0x02, ///< The vertex is the end position in the path.
|
||||
DT_STRAIGHTPATH_OFFMESH_CONNECTION = 0x04, ///< The vertex is the start of an off-mesh connection.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Options for dtNavMeshQuery::findStraightPath.
|
||||
enum dtStraightPathOptions
|
||||
{
|
||||
DT_STRAIGHTPATH_AREA_CROSSINGS = 0x01, ///< Add a vertex at every polygon edge crossing where area changes.
|
||||
DT_STRAIGHTPATH_ALL_CROSSINGS = 0x02, ///< Add a vertex at every polygon edge crossing.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Options for dtNavMeshQuery::initSlicedFindPath and updateSlicedFindPath
|
||||
enum dtFindPathOptions
|
||||
{
|
||||
DT_FINDPATH_ANY_ANGLE = 0x02, ///< use raycasts during pathfind to "shortcut" (raycast still consider costs)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Options for dtNavMeshQuery::raycast
|
||||
enum dtRaycastOptions
|
||||
{
|
||||
DT_RAYCAST_USE_COSTS = 0x01, ///< Raycast should calculate movement cost along the ray and fill RaycastHit::cost
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Limit raycasting during any angle pahfinding
|
||||
/// The limit is given as a multiple of the character radius
|
||||
static const float DT_RAY_CAST_LIMIT_PROPORTIONS = 50.0f;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Flags representing the type of a navigation mesh polygon.
|
||||
enum dtPolyTypes
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The polygon is a standard convex polygon that is part of the surface of the mesh.
|
||||
DT_POLYTYPE_GROUND = 0,
|
||||
/// The polygon is an off-mesh connection consisting of two vertices.
|
||||
DT_POLYTYPE_OFFMESH_CONNECTION = 1,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Defines a polygon within a dtMeshTile object.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
struct dtPoly
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// Index to first link in linked list. (Or #DT_NULL_LINK if there is no link.)
|
||||
unsigned int firstLink;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The indices of the polygon's vertices.
|
||||
/// The actual vertices are located in dtMeshTile::verts.
|
||||
unsigned short verts[DT_VERTS_PER_POLYGON];
|
||||
|
||||
/// Packed data representing neighbor polygons references and flags for each edge.
|
||||
unsigned short neis[DT_VERTS_PER_POLYGON];
|
||||
|
||||
/// The user defined polygon flags.
|
||||
unsigned short flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of vertices in the polygon.
|
||||
unsigned char vertCount;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The bit packed area id and polygon type.
|
||||
/// @note Use the structure's set and get methods to acess this value.
|
||||
unsigned char areaAndtype;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the user defined area id. [Limit: < #DT_MAX_AREAS]
|
||||
inline void setArea(unsigned char a) { areaAndtype = (areaAndtype & 0xc0) | (a & 0x3f); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the polygon type. (See: #dtPolyTypes.)
|
||||
inline void setType(unsigned char t) { areaAndtype = (areaAndtype & 0x3f) | (t << 6); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the user defined area id.
|
||||
inline unsigned char getArea() const { return areaAndtype & 0x3f; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the polygon type. (See: #dtPolyTypes)
|
||||
inline unsigned char getType() const { return areaAndtype >> 6; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Defines the location of detail sub-mesh data within a dtMeshTile.
|
||||
struct dtPolyDetail
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int vertBase; ///< The offset of the vertices in the dtMeshTile::detailVerts array.
|
||||
unsigned int triBase; ///< The offset of the triangles in the dtMeshTile::detailTris array.
|
||||
unsigned char vertCount; ///< The number of vertices in the sub-mesh.
|
||||
unsigned char triCount; ///< The number of triangles in the sub-mesh.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Defines a link between polygons.
|
||||
/// @note This structure is rarely if ever used by the end user.
|
||||
/// @see dtMeshTile
|
||||
struct dtLink
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtPolyRef ref; ///< Neighbour reference. (The neighbor that is linked to.)
|
||||
unsigned int next; ///< Index of the next link.
|
||||
unsigned char edge; ///< Index of the polygon edge that owns this link.
|
||||
unsigned char side; ///< If a boundary link, defines on which side the link is.
|
||||
unsigned char bmin; ///< If a boundary link, defines the minimum sub-edge area.
|
||||
unsigned char bmax; ///< If a boundary link, defines the maximum sub-edge area.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Bounding volume node.
|
||||
/// @note This structure is rarely if ever used by the end user.
|
||||
/// @see dtMeshTile
|
||||
struct dtBVNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned short bmin[3]; ///< Minimum bounds of the node's AABB. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
unsigned short bmax[3]; ///< Maximum bounds of the node's AABB. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
int i; ///< The node's index. (Negative for escape sequence.)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Defines an navigation mesh off-mesh connection within a dtMeshTile object.
|
||||
/// An off-mesh connection is a user defined traversable connection made up to two vertices.
|
||||
struct dtOffMeshConnection
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The endpoints of the connection. [(ax, ay, az, bx, by, bz)]
|
||||
float pos[6];
|
||||
|
||||
/// The radius of the endpoints. [Limit: >= 0]
|
||||
float rad;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The polygon reference of the connection within the tile.
|
||||
unsigned short poly;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Link flags.
|
||||
/// @note These are not the connection's user defined flags. Those are assigned via the
|
||||
/// connection's dtPoly definition. These are link flags used for internal purposes.
|
||||
unsigned char flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/// End point side.
|
||||
unsigned char side;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The id of the offmesh connection. (User assigned when the navigation mesh is built.)
|
||||
unsigned int userId;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Provides high level information related to a dtMeshTile object.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
struct dtMeshHeader
|
||||
{
|
||||
int magic; ///< Tile magic number. (Used to identify the data format.)
|
||||
int version; ///< Tile data format version number.
|
||||
int x; ///< The x-position of the tile within the dtNavMesh tile grid. (x, y, layer)
|
||||
int y; ///< The y-position of the tile within the dtNavMesh tile grid. (x, y, layer)
|
||||
int layer; ///< The layer of the tile within the dtNavMesh tile grid. (x, y, layer)
|
||||
unsigned int userId; ///< The user defined id of the tile.
|
||||
int polyCount; ///< The number of polygons in the tile.
|
||||
int vertCount; ///< The number of vertices in the tile.
|
||||
int maxLinkCount; ///< The number of allocated links.
|
||||
int detailMeshCount; ///< The number of sub-meshes in the detail mesh.
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of unique vertices in the detail mesh. (In addition to the polygon vertices.)
|
||||
int detailVertCount;
|
||||
|
||||
int detailTriCount; ///< The number of triangles in the detail mesh.
|
||||
int bvNodeCount; ///< The number of bounding volume nodes. (Zero if bounding volumes are disabled.)
|
||||
int offMeshConCount; ///< The number of off-mesh connections.
|
||||
int offMeshBase; ///< The index of the first polygon which is an off-mesh connection.
|
||||
float walkableHeight; ///< The height of the agents using the tile.
|
||||
float walkableRadius; ///< The radius of the agents using the tile.
|
||||
float walkableClimb; ///< The maximum climb height of the agents using the tile.
|
||||
float bmin[3]; ///< The minimum bounds of the tile's AABB. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
float bmax[3]; ///< The maximum bounds of the tile's AABB. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
|
||||
/// The bounding volume quantization factor.
|
||||
float bvQuantFactor;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Defines a navigation mesh tile.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
struct dtMeshTile
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtMeshTile();
|
||||
|
||||
std::atomic<bool> dtCheckLock;
|
||||
mutable std::recursive_mutex* dtLock;
|
||||
void WaitLock() const;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int salt; ///< Counter describing modifications to the tile.
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int linksFreeList; ///< Index to the next free link.
|
||||
dtMeshHeader* header; ///< The tile header.
|
||||
dtPoly* polys; ///< The tile polygons. [Size: dtMeshHeader::polyCount]
|
||||
float* verts; ///< The tile vertices. [Size: dtMeshHeader::vertCount]
|
||||
dtLink* links; ///< The tile links. [Size: dtMeshHeader::maxLinkCount]
|
||||
dtPolyDetail* detailMeshes; ///< The tile's detail sub-meshes. [Size: dtMeshHeader::detailMeshCount]
|
||||
|
||||
/// The detail mesh's unique vertices. [(x, y, z) * dtMeshHeader::detailVertCount]
|
||||
float* detailVerts;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The detail mesh's triangles. [(vertA, vertB, vertC) * dtMeshHeader::detailTriCount]
|
||||
unsigned char* detailTris;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The tile bounding volume nodes. [Size: dtMeshHeader::bvNodeCount]
|
||||
/// (Will be null if bounding volumes are disabled.)
|
||||
dtBVNode* bvTree;
|
||||
|
||||
dtOffMeshConnection* offMeshCons; ///< The tile off-mesh connections. [Size: dtMeshHeader::offMeshConCount]
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char* data; ///< The tile data. (Not directly accessed under normal situations.)
|
||||
int dataSize; ///< Size of the tile data.
|
||||
int flags; ///< Tile flags. (See: #dtTileFlags)
|
||||
dtMeshTile* next; ///< The next free tile, or the next tile in the spatial grid.
|
||||
private:
|
||||
dtMeshTile(const dtMeshTile&);
|
||||
dtMeshTile& operator=(const dtMeshTile&);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Configuration parameters used to define multi-tile navigation meshes.
|
||||
/// The values are used to allocate space during the initialization of a navigation mesh.
|
||||
/// @see dtNavMesh::init()
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
struct dtNavMeshParams
|
||||
{
|
||||
float orig[3]; ///< The world space origin of the navigation mesh's tile space. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
float tileWidth; ///< The width of each tile. (Along the x-axis.)
|
||||
float tileHeight; ///< The height of each tile. (Along the z-axis.)
|
||||
int maxTiles; ///< The maximum number of tiles the navigation mesh can contain.
|
||||
int maxPolys; ///< The maximum number of polygons each tile can contain.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A navigation mesh based on tiles of convex polygons.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
class dtNavMesh
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
dtNavMesh();
|
||||
~dtNavMesh();
|
||||
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
/// @name Initialization and Tile Management
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initializes the navigation mesh for tiled use.
|
||||
/// @param[in] params Initialization parameters.
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus init(const dtNavMeshParams* params);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initializes the navigation mesh for single tile use.
|
||||
/// @param[in] data Data of the new tile. (See: #dtCreateNavMeshData)
|
||||
/// @param[in] dataSize The data size of the new tile.
|
||||
/// @param[in] flags The tile flags. (See: #dtTileFlags)
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
/// @see dtCreateNavMeshData
|
||||
dtStatus init(unsigned char* data, const int dataSize, const int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// The navigation mesh initialization params.
|
||||
const dtNavMeshParams* getParams() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Adds a tile to the navigation mesh.
|
||||
/// @param[in] data Data for the new tile mesh. (See: #dtCreateNavMeshData)
|
||||
/// @param[in] dataSize Data size of the new tile mesh.
|
||||
/// @param[in] flags Tile flags. (See: #dtTileFlags)
|
||||
/// @param[in] lastRef The desired reference for the tile. (When reloading a tile.) [opt] [Default: 0]
|
||||
/// @param[out] result The tile reference. (If the tile was succesfully added.) [opt]
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus addTile(unsigned char* data, int dataSize, int flags, dtTileRef lastRef, dtTileRef* result);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Removes the specified tile from the navigation mesh.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The reference of the tile to remove.
|
||||
/// @param[out] data Data associated with deleted tile.
|
||||
/// @param[out] dataSize Size of the data associated with deleted tile.
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus removeTile(dtTileRef ref, unsigned char** data, int* dataSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
/// @name Query Functions
|
||||
|
||||
/// Calculates the tile grid location for the specified world position.
|
||||
/// @param[in] pos The world position for the query. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[out] tx The tile's x-location. (x, y)
|
||||
/// @param[out] ty The tile's y-location. (x, y)
|
||||
void calcTileLoc(const float* pos, int* tx, int* ty) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the tile at the specified grid location.
|
||||
/// @param[in] x The tile's x-location. (x, y, layer)
|
||||
/// @param[in] y The tile's y-location. (x, y, layer)
|
||||
/// @param[in] layer The tile's layer. (x, y, layer)
|
||||
/// @return The tile, or null if the tile does not exist.
|
||||
const dtMeshTile* getTileAt(const int x, const int y, const int layer) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets all tiles at the specified grid location. (All layers.)
|
||||
/// @param[in] x The tile's x-location. (x, y)
|
||||
/// @param[in] y The tile's y-location. (x, y)
|
||||
/// @param[out] tiles A pointer to an array of tiles that will hold the result.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxTiles The maximum tiles the tiles parameter can hold.
|
||||
/// @return The number of tiles returned in the tiles array.
|
||||
int getTilesAt(const int x, const int y,
|
||||
dtMeshTile const** tiles, const int maxTiles) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the tile reference for the tile at specified grid location.
|
||||
/// @param[in] x The tile's x-location. (x, y, layer)
|
||||
/// @param[in] y The tile's y-location. (x, y, layer)
|
||||
/// @param[in] layer The tile's layer. (x, y, layer)
|
||||
/// @return The tile reference of the tile, or 0 if there is none.
|
||||
dtTileRef getTileRefAt(int x, int y, int layer) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the tile reference for the specified tile.
|
||||
/// @param[in] tile The tile.
|
||||
/// @return The tile reference of the tile.
|
||||
dtTileRef getTileRef(const dtMeshTile* tile) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the tile for the specified tile reference.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The tile reference of the tile to retrieve.
|
||||
/// @return The tile for the specified reference, or null if the
|
||||
/// reference is invalid.
|
||||
const dtMeshTile* getTileByRef(dtTileRef ref) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum number of tiles supported by the navigation mesh.
|
||||
/// @return The maximum number of tiles supported by the navigation mesh.
|
||||
int getMaxTiles() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the tile at the specified index.
|
||||
/// @param[in] i The tile index. [Limit: 0 >= index < #getMaxTiles()]
|
||||
/// @return The tile at the specified index.
|
||||
const dtMeshTile* getTile(int i) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the tile and polygon for the specified polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The reference for the a polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[out] tile The tile containing the polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[out] poly The polygon.
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus getTileAndPolyByRef(const dtPolyRef ref, const dtMeshTile** tile, const dtPoly** poly) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the tile and polygon for the specified polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref A known valid reference for a polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[out] tile The tile containing the polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[out] poly The polygon.
|
||||
void getTileAndPolyByRefUnsafe(const dtPolyRef ref, const dtMeshTile** tile, const dtPoly** poly) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Checks the validity of a polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference to check.
|
||||
/// @return True if polygon reference is valid for the navigation mesh.
|
||||
bool isValidPolyRef(dtPolyRef ref) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the polygon reference for the tile's base polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] tile The tile.
|
||||
/// @return The polygon reference for the base polygon in the specified tile.
|
||||
dtPolyRef getPolyRefBase(const dtMeshTile* tile) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the endpoints for an off-mesh connection, ordered by "direction of travel".
|
||||
/// @param[in] prevRef The reference of the polygon before the connection.
|
||||
/// @param[in] polyRef The reference of the off-mesh connection polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[out] startPos The start position of the off-mesh connection. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[out] endPos The end position of the off-mesh connection. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus getOffMeshConnectionPolyEndPoints(dtPolyRef prevRef, dtPolyRef polyRef, float* startPos, float* endPos) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the specified off-mesh connection.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference of the off-mesh connection.
|
||||
/// @return The specified off-mesh connection, or null if the polygon reference is not valid.
|
||||
const dtOffMeshConnection* getOffMeshConnectionByRef(dtPolyRef ref) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
/// @name State Management
|
||||
/// These functions do not effect #dtTileRef or #dtPolyRef's.
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the user defined flags for the specified polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @param[in] flags The new flags for the polygon.
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus setPolyFlags(dtPolyRef ref, unsigned short flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the user defined flags for the specified polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultFlags The polygon flags.
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus getPolyFlags(dtPolyRef ref, unsigned short* resultFlags) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the user defined area for the specified polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @param[in] area The new area id for the polygon. [Limit: < #DT_MAX_AREAS]
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus setPolyArea(dtPolyRef ref, unsigned char area);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the user defined area for the specified polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultArea The area id for the polygon.
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus getPolyArea(dtPolyRef ref, unsigned char* resultArea) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the size of the buffer required by #storeTileState to store the specified tile's state.
|
||||
/// @param[in] tile The tile.
|
||||
/// @return The size of the buffer required to store the state.
|
||||
int getTileStateSize(const dtMeshTile* tile) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Stores the non-structural state of the tile in the specified buffer. (Flags, area ids, etc.)
|
||||
/// @param[in] tile The tile.
|
||||
/// @param[out] data The buffer to store the tile's state in.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxDataSize The size of the data buffer. [Limit: >= #getTileStateSize]
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus storeTileState(const dtMeshTile* tile, unsigned char* data, const int maxDataSize) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Restores the state of the tile.
|
||||
/// @param[in] tile The tile.
|
||||
/// @param[in] data The new state. (Obtained from #storeTileState.)
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxDataSize The size of the state within the data buffer.
|
||||
/// @return The status flags for the operation.
|
||||
dtStatus restoreTileState(dtMeshTile* tile, const unsigned char* data, const int maxDataSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
/// @name Encoding and Decoding
|
||||
/// These functions are generally meant for internal use only.
|
||||
|
||||
/// Derives a standard polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @note This function is generally meant for internal use only.
|
||||
/// @param[in] salt The tile's salt value.
|
||||
/// @param[in] it The index of the tile.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ip The index of the polygon within the tile.
|
||||
inline dtPolyRef encodePolyId(unsigned int salt, unsigned int it, unsigned int ip) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DT_POLYREF64
|
||||
return ((dtPolyRef)salt << (DT_POLY_BITS+DT_TILE_BITS)) | ((dtPolyRef)it << DT_POLY_BITS) | (dtPolyRef)ip;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return ((dtPolyRef)salt << (m_polyBits+m_tileBits)) | ((dtPolyRef)it << m_polyBits) | (dtPolyRef)ip;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Decodes a standard polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @note This function is generally meant for internal use only.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference to decode.
|
||||
/// @param[out] salt The tile's salt value.
|
||||
/// @param[out] it The index of the tile.
|
||||
/// @param[out] ip The index of the polygon within the tile.
|
||||
/// @see #encodePolyId
|
||||
inline void decodePolyId(dtPolyRef ref, unsigned int& salt, unsigned int& it, unsigned int& ip) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DT_POLYREF64
|
||||
const dtPolyRef saltMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<DT_SALT_BITS)-1;
|
||||
const dtPolyRef tileMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<DT_TILE_BITS)-1;
|
||||
const dtPolyRef polyMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<DT_POLY_BITS)-1;
|
||||
salt = (unsigned int)((ref >> (DT_POLY_BITS+DT_TILE_BITS)) & saltMask);
|
||||
it = (unsigned int)((ref >> DT_POLY_BITS) & tileMask);
|
||||
ip = (unsigned int)(ref & polyMask);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const dtPolyRef saltMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<m_saltBits)-1;
|
||||
const dtPolyRef tileMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<m_tileBits)-1;
|
||||
const dtPolyRef polyMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<m_polyBits)-1;
|
||||
salt = (unsigned int)((ref >> (m_polyBits+m_tileBits)) & saltMask);
|
||||
it = (unsigned int)((ref >> m_polyBits) & tileMask);
|
||||
ip = (unsigned int)(ref & polyMask);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Extracts a tile's salt value from the specified polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @note This function is generally meant for internal use only.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @see #encodePolyId
|
||||
inline unsigned int decodePolyIdSalt(dtPolyRef ref) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DT_POLYREF64
|
||||
const dtPolyRef saltMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<DT_SALT_BITS)-1;
|
||||
return (unsigned int)((ref >> (DT_POLY_BITS+DT_TILE_BITS)) & saltMask);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const dtPolyRef saltMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<m_saltBits)-1;
|
||||
return (unsigned int)((ref >> (m_polyBits+m_tileBits)) & saltMask);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Extracts the tile's index from the specified polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @note This function is generally meant for internal use only.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @see #encodePolyId
|
||||
inline unsigned int decodePolyIdTile(dtPolyRef ref) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DT_POLYREF64
|
||||
const dtPolyRef tileMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<DT_TILE_BITS)-1;
|
||||
return (unsigned int)((ref >> DT_POLY_BITS) & tileMask);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const dtPolyRef tileMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<m_tileBits)-1;
|
||||
return (unsigned int)((ref >> m_polyBits) & tileMask);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Extracts the polygon's index (within its tile) from the specified polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @note This function is generally meant for internal use only.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference.
|
||||
/// @see #encodePolyId
|
||||
inline unsigned int decodePolyIdPoly(dtPolyRef ref) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef DT_POLYREF64
|
||||
const dtPolyRef polyMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<DT_POLY_BITS)-1;
|
||||
return (unsigned int)(ref & polyMask);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const dtPolyRef polyMask = ((dtPolyRef)1<<m_polyBits)-1;
|
||||
return (unsigned int)(ref & polyMask);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// Explicitly disabled copy constructor and copy assignment operator.
|
||||
dtNavMesh(const dtNavMesh&);
|
||||
dtNavMesh& operator=(const dtNavMesh&);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns pointer to tile in the tile array.
|
||||
dtMeshTile* getTile(int i);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns neighbour tile based on side.
|
||||
int getTilesAt(const int x, const int y,
|
||||
dtMeshTile** tiles, const int maxTiles) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns neighbour tile based on side.
|
||||
int getNeighbourTilesAt(const int x, const int y, const int side,
|
||||
dtMeshTile** tiles, const int maxTiles) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns all polygons in neighbour tile based on portal defined by the segment.
|
||||
int findConnectingPolys(const float* va, const float* vb,
|
||||
const dtMeshTile* tile, int side,
|
||||
dtPolyRef* con, float* conarea, int maxcon) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Builds internal polygons links for a tile.
|
||||
void connectIntLinks(dtMeshTile* tile);
|
||||
/// Builds internal polygons links for a tile.
|
||||
void baseOffMeshLinks(dtMeshTile* tile);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Builds external polygon links for a tile.
|
||||
void connectExtLinks(dtMeshTile* tile, dtMeshTile* target, int side);
|
||||
/// Builds external polygon links for a tile.
|
||||
void connectExtOffMeshLinks(dtMeshTile* tile, dtMeshTile* target, int side);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Removes external links at specified side.
|
||||
void unconnectLinks(dtMeshTile* tile, dtMeshTile* target);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: These methods are duplicates from dtNavMeshQuery, but are needed for off-mesh connection finding.
|
||||
|
||||
/// Queries polygons within a tile.
|
||||
int queryPolygonsInTile(const dtMeshTile* tile, const float* qmin, const float* qmax,
|
||||
dtPolyRef* polys, const int maxPolys) const;
|
||||
/// Find nearest polygon within a tile.
|
||||
dtPolyRef findNearestPolyInTile(const dtMeshTile* tile, const float* center,
|
||||
const float* extents, float* nearestPt) const;
|
||||
/// Returns closest point on polygon.
|
||||
void closestPointOnPoly(dtPolyRef ref, const float* pos, float* closest, bool* posOverPoly) const;
|
||||
|
||||
dtNavMeshParams m_params; ///< Current initialization params. TODO: do not store this info twice.
|
||||
float m_orig[3]; ///< Origin of the tile (0,0)
|
||||
float m_tileWidth, m_tileHeight; ///< Dimensions of each tile.
|
||||
int m_maxTiles; ///< Max number of tiles.
|
||||
int m_tileLutSize; ///< Tile hash lookup size (must be pot).
|
||||
int m_tileLutMask; ///< Tile hash lookup mask.
|
||||
|
||||
dtMeshTile** m_posLookup; ///< Tile hash lookup.
|
||||
dtMeshTile* m_nextFree; ///< Freelist of tiles.
|
||||
dtMeshTile* m_tiles; ///< List of tiles.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DT_POLYREF64
|
||||
unsigned int m_saltBits; ///< Number of salt bits in the tile ID.
|
||||
unsigned int m_tileBits; ///< Number of tile bits in the tile ID.
|
||||
unsigned int m_polyBits; ///< Number of poly bits in the tile ID.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Allocates a navigation mesh object using the Detour allocator.
|
||||
/// @return A navigation mesh that is ready for initialization, or null on failure.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
dtNavMesh* dtAllocNavMesh();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Frees the specified navigation mesh object using the Detour allocator.
|
||||
/// @param[in] navmesh A navigation mesh allocated using #dtAllocNavMesh
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
void dtFreeNavMesh(dtNavMesh* navmesh);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DETOURNAVMESH_H
|
||||
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
// This section contains detailed documentation for members that don't have
|
||||
// a source file. It reduces clutter in the main section of the header.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
||||
@typedef dtPolyRef
|
||||
@par
|
||||
|
||||
Polygon references are subject to the same invalidate/preserve/restore
|
||||
rules that apply to #dtTileRef's. If the #dtTileRef for the polygon's
|
||||
tile changes, the polygon reference becomes invalid.
|
||||
|
||||
Changing a polygon's flags, area id, etc. does not impact its polygon
|
||||
reference.
|
||||
|
||||
@typedef dtTileRef
|
||||
@par
|
||||
|
||||
The following changes will invalidate a tile reference:
|
||||
|
||||
- The referenced tile has been removed from the navigation mesh.
|
||||
- The navigation mesh has been initialized using a different set
|
||||
of #dtNavMeshParams.
|
||||
|
||||
A tile reference is preserved/restored if the tile is added to a navigation
|
||||
mesh initialized with the original #dtNavMeshParams and is added at the
|
||||
original reference location. (E.g. The lastRef parameter is used with
|
||||
dtNavMesh::addTile.)
|
||||
|
||||
Basically, if the storage structure of a tile changes, its associated
|
||||
tile reference changes.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@var unsigned short dtPoly::neis[DT_VERTS_PER_POLYGON]
|
||||
@par
|
||||
|
||||
Each entry represents data for the edge starting at the vertex of the same index.
|
||||
E.g. The entry at index n represents the edge data for vertex[n] to vertex[n+1].
|
||||
|
||||
A value of zero indicates the edge has no polygon connection. (It makes up the
|
||||
border of the navigation mesh.)
|
||||
|
||||
The information can be extracted as follows:
|
||||
@code
|
||||
neighborRef = neis[n] & 0xff; // Get the neighbor polygon reference.
|
||||
|
||||
if (neis[n] & #DT_EX_LINK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The edge is an external (portal) edge.
|
||||
}
|
||||
@endcode
|
||||
|
||||
@var float dtMeshHeader::bvQuantFactor
|
||||
@par
|
||||
|
||||
This value is used for converting between world and bounding volume coordinates.
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
@code
|
||||
const float cs = 1.0f / tile->header->bvQuantFactor;
|
||||
const dtBVNode* n = &tile->bvTree[i];
|
||||
if (n->i >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// This is a leaf node.
|
||||
float worldMinX = tile->header->bmin[0] + n->bmin[0]*cs;
|
||||
float worldMinY = tile->header->bmin[0] + n->bmin[1]*cs;
|
||||
// Etc...
|
||||
}
|
||||
@endcode
|
||||
|
||||
@struct dtMeshTile
|
||||
@par
|
||||
|
||||
Tiles generally only exist within the context of a dtNavMesh object.
|
||||
|
||||
Some tile content is optional. For example, a tile may not contain any
|
||||
off-mesh connections. In this case the associated pointer will be null.
|
||||
|
||||
If a detail mesh exists it will share vertices with the base polygon mesh.
|
||||
Only the vertices unique to the detail mesh will be stored in #detailVerts.
|
||||
|
||||
@warning Tiles returned by a dtNavMesh object are not guarenteed to be populated.
|
||||
For example: The tile at a location might not have been loaded yet, or may have been removed.
|
||||
In this case, pointers will be null. So if in doubt, check the polygon count in the
|
||||
tile's header to determine if a tile has polygons defined.
|
||||
|
||||
@var float dtOffMeshConnection::pos[6]
|
||||
@par
|
||||
|
||||
For a properly built navigation mesh, vertex A will always be within the bounds of the mesh.
|
||||
Vertex B is not required to be within the bounds of the mesh.
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
149
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourNavMeshBuilder.h
Normal file
149
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourNavMeshBuilder.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DETOURNAVMESHBUILDER_H
|
||||
#define DETOURNAVMESHBUILDER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "DetourAlloc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/// Represents the source data used to build an navigation mesh tile.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
struct dtNavMeshCreateParams
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/// @name Polygon Mesh Attributes
|
||||
/// Used to create the base navigation graph.
|
||||
/// See #rcPolyMesh for details related to these attributes.
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
const unsigned short* verts; ///< The polygon mesh vertices. [(x, y, z) * #vertCount] [Unit: vx]
|
||||
int vertCount; ///< The number vertices in the polygon mesh. [Limit: >= 3]
|
||||
const unsigned short* polys; ///< The polygon data. [Size: #polyCount * 2 * #nvp]
|
||||
const unsigned short* polyFlags; ///< The user defined flags assigned to each polygon. [Size: #polyCount]
|
||||
const unsigned char* polyAreas; ///< The user defined area ids assigned to each polygon. [Size: #polyCount]
|
||||
int polyCount; ///< Number of polygons in the mesh. [Limit: >= 1]
|
||||
int nvp; ///< Number maximum number of vertices per polygon. [Limit: >= 3]
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
/// @name Height Detail Attributes (Optional)
|
||||
/// See #rcPolyMeshDetail for details related to these attributes.
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
const unsigned int* detailMeshes; ///< The height detail sub-mesh data. [Size: 4 * #polyCount]
|
||||
const float* detailVerts; ///< The detail mesh vertices. [Size: 3 * #detailVertsCount] [Unit: wu]
|
||||
int detailVertsCount; ///< The number of vertices in the detail mesh.
|
||||
const unsigned char* detailTris; ///< The detail mesh triangles. [Size: 4 * #detailTriCount]
|
||||
int detailTriCount; ///< The number of triangles in the detail mesh.
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
/// @name Off-Mesh Connections Attributes (Optional)
|
||||
/// Used to define a custom point-to-point edge within the navigation graph, an
|
||||
/// off-mesh connection is a user defined traversable connection made up to two vertices,
|
||||
/// at least one of which resides within a navigation mesh polygon.
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Off-mesh connection vertices. [(ax, ay, az, bx, by, bz) * #offMeshConCount] [Unit: wu]
|
||||
const float* offMeshConVerts;
|
||||
/// Off-mesh connection radii. [Size: #offMeshConCount] [Unit: wu]
|
||||
const float* offMeshConRad;
|
||||
/// User defined flags assigned to the off-mesh connections. [Size: #offMeshConCount]
|
||||
const unsigned short* offMeshConFlags;
|
||||
/// User defined area ids assigned to the off-mesh connections. [Size: #offMeshConCount]
|
||||
const unsigned char* offMeshConAreas;
|
||||
/// The permitted travel direction of the off-mesh connections. [Size: #offMeshConCount]
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// 0 = Travel only from endpoint A to endpoint B.<br/>
|
||||
/// #DT_OFFMESH_CON_BIDIR = Bidirectional travel.
|
||||
const unsigned char* offMeshConDir;
|
||||
/// The user defined ids of the off-mesh connection. [Size: #offMeshConCount]
|
||||
const unsigned int* offMeshConUserID;
|
||||
/// The number of off-mesh connections. [Limit: >= 0]
|
||||
int offMeshConCount;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
/// @name Tile Attributes
|
||||
/// @note The tile grid/layer data can be left at zero if the destination is a single tile mesh.
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int userId; ///< The user defined id of the tile.
|
||||
int tileX; ///< The tile's x-grid location within the multi-tile destination mesh. (Along the x-axis.)
|
||||
int tileY; ///< The tile's y-grid location within the multi-tile desitation mesh. (Along the z-axis.)
|
||||
int tileLayer; ///< The tile's layer within the layered destination mesh. [Limit: >= 0] (Along the y-axis.)
|
||||
float bmin[3]; ///< The minimum bounds of the tile. [(x, y, z)] [Unit: wu]
|
||||
float bmax[3]; ///< The maximum bounds of the tile. [(x, y, z)] [Unit: wu]
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
/// @name General Configuration Attributes
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
float walkableHeight; ///< The agent height. [Unit: wu]
|
||||
float walkableRadius; ///< The agent radius. [Unit: wu]
|
||||
float walkableClimb; ///< The agent maximum traversable ledge. (Up/Down) [Unit: wu]
|
||||
float cs; ///< The xz-plane cell size of the polygon mesh. [Limit: > 0] [Unit: wu]
|
||||
float ch; ///< The y-axis cell height of the polygon mesh. [Limit: > 0] [Unit: wu]
|
||||
|
||||
/// True if a bounding volume tree should be built for the tile.
|
||||
/// @note The BVTree is not normally needed for layered navigation meshes.
|
||||
bool buildBvTree;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Builds navigation mesh tile data from the provided tile creation data.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
/// @param[in] params Tile creation data.
|
||||
/// @param[out] outData The resulting tile data.
|
||||
/// @param[out] outDataSize The size of the tile data array.
|
||||
/// @return True if the tile data was successfully created.
|
||||
bool dtCreateNavMeshData(dtNavMeshCreateParams* params, unsigned char** outData, int* outDataSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Swaps the endianess of the tile data's header (#dtMeshHeader).
|
||||
/// @param[in,out] data The tile data array.
|
||||
/// @param[in] dataSize The size of the data array.
|
||||
bool dtNavMeshHeaderSwapEndian(unsigned char* data, const int dataSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Swaps endianess of the tile data.
|
||||
/// @param[in,out] data The tile data array.
|
||||
/// @param[in] dataSize The size of the data array.
|
||||
bool dtNavMeshDataSwapEndian(unsigned char* data, const int dataSize);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DETOURNAVMESHBUILDER_H
|
||||
|
||||
// This section contains detailed documentation for members that don't have
|
||||
// a source file. It reduces clutter in the main section of the header.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
||||
@struct dtNavMeshCreateParams
|
||||
@par
|
||||
|
||||
This structure is used to marshal data between the Recast mesh generation pipeline and Detour navigation components.
|
||||
|
||||
See the rcPolyMesh and rcPolyMeshDetail documentation for detailed information related to mesh structure.
|
||||
|
||||
Units are usually in voxels (vx) or world units (wu). The units for voxels, grid size, and cell size
|
||||
are all based on the values of #cs and #ch.
|
||||
|
||||
The standard navigation mesh build process is to create tile data using dtCreateNavMeshData, then add the tile
|
||||
to a navigation mesh using either the dtNavMesh single tile <tt>init()</tt> function or the dtNavMesh::addTile()
|
||||
function.
|
||||
|
||||
@see dtCreateNavMeshData
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
575
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourNavMeshQuery.h
Normal file
575
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourNavMeshQuery.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DETOURNAVMESHQUERY_H
|
||||
#define DETOURNAVMESHQUERY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "DetourNavMesh.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourStatus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Define DT_VIRTUAL_QUERYFILTER if you wish to derive a custom filter from dtQueryFilter.
|
||||
// On certain platforms indirect or virtual function call is expensive. The default
|
||||
// setting is to use non-virtual functions, the actual implementations of the functions
|
||||
// are declared as inline for maximum speed.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define DT_VIRTUAL_QUERYFILTER 1
|
||||
|
||||
/// Defines polygon filtering and traversal costs for navigation mesh query operations.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
class dtQueryFilter
|
||||
{
|
||||
float m_areaCost[DT_MAX_AREAS]; ///< Cost per area type. (Used by default implementation.)
|
||||
unsigned short m_includeFlags; ///< Flags for polygons that can be visited. (Used by default implementation.)
|
||||
unsigned short m_excludeFlags; ///< Flags for polygons that should not be visted. (Used by default implementation.)
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
dtQueryFilter();
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DT_VIRTUAL_QUERYFILTER
|
||||
virtual ~dtQueryFilter() { }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns true if the polygon can be visited. (I.e. Is traversable.)
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The reference id of the polygon test.
|
||||
/// @param[in] tile The tile containing the polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] poly The polygon to test.
|
||||
#ifdef DT_VIRTUAL_QUERYFILTER
|
||||
virtual bool passFilter(const dtPolyRef ref,
|
||||
const dtMeshTile* tile,
|
||||
const dtPoly* poly) const;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
bool passFilter(const dtPolyRef ref,
|
||||
const dtMeshTile* tile,
|
||||
const dtPoly* poly) const;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns cost to move from the beginning to the end of a line segment
|
||||
/// that is fully contained within a polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] pa The start position on the edge of the previous and current polygon. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] pb The end position on the edge of the current and next polygon. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] prevRef The reference id of the previous polygon. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[in] prevTile The tile containing the previous polygon. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[in] prevPoly The previous polygon. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[in] curRef The reference id of the current polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] curTile The tile containing the current polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] curPoly The current polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] nextRef The refernece id of the next polygon. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[in] nextTile The tile containing the next polygon. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[in] nextPoly The next polygon. [opt]
|
||||
#ifdef DT_VIRTUAL_QUERYFILTER
|
||||
virtual float getCost(const float* pa, const float* pb,
|
||||
const dtPolyRef prevRef, const dtMeshTile* prevTile, const dtPoly* prevPoly,
|
||||
const dtPolyRef curRef, const dtMeshTile* curTile, const dtPoly* curPoly,
|
||||
const dtPolyRef nextRef, const dtMeshTile* nextTile, const dtPoly* nextPoly) const;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
float getCost(const float* pa, const float* pb,
|
||||
const dtPolyRef prevRef, const dtMeshTile* prevTile, const dtPoly* prevPoly,
|
||||
const dtPolyRef curRef, const dtMeshTile* curTile, const dtPoly* curPoly,
|
||||
const dtPolyRef nextRef, const dtMeshTile* nextTile, const dtPoly* nextPoly) const;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// @name Getters and setters for the default implementation data.
|
||||
///@{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the traversal cost of the area.
|
||||
/// @param[in] i The id of the area.
|
||||
/// @returns The traversal cost of the area.
|
||||
inline float getAreaCost(const int i) const { return m_areaCost[i]; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the traversal cost of the area.
|
||||
/// @param[in] i The id of the area.
|
||||
/// @param[in] cost The new cost of traversing the area.
|
||||
inline void setAreaCost(const int i, const float cost) { m_areaCost[i] = cost; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the include flags for the filter.
|
||||
/// Any polygons that include one or more of these flags will be
|
||||
/// included in the operation.
|
||||
inline unsigned short getIncludeFlags() const { return m_includeFlags; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the include flags for the filter.
|
||||
/// @param[in] flags The new flags.
|
||||
inline void setIncludeFlags(const unsigned short flags) { m_includeFlags = flags; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the exclude flags for the filter.
|
||||
/// Any polygons that include one ore more of these flags will be
|
||||
/// excluded from the operation.
|
||||
inline unsigned short getExcludeFlags() const { return m_excludeFlags; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the exclude flags for the filter.
|
||||
/// @param[in] flags The new flags.
|
||||
inline void setExcludeFlags(const unsigned short flags) { m_excludeFlags = flags; }
|
||||
|
||||
///@}
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Provides information about raycast hit
|
||||
/// filled by dtNavMeshQuery::raycast
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
struct dtRaycastHit
|
||||
{
|
||||
/// The hit parameter. (FLT_MAX if no wall hit.)
|
||||
float t;
|
||||
|
||||
/// hitNormal The normal of the nearest wall hit. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
float hitNormal[3];
|
||||
|
||||
/// The index of the edge on the final polygon where the wall was hit.
|
||||
int hitEdgeIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Pointer to an array of reference ids of the visited polygons. [opt]
|
||||
dtPolyRef* path;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of visited polygons. [opt]
|
||||
int pathCount;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum number of polygons the @p path array can hold.
|
||||
int maxPath;
|
||||
|
||||
/// The cost of the path until hit.
|
||||
float pathCost;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Provides custom polygon query behavior.
|
||||
/// Used by dtNavMeshQuery::queryPolygons.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
class dtPolyQuery
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~dtPolyQuery() { }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Called for each batch of unique polygons touched by the search area in dtNavMeshQuery::queryPolygons.
|
||||
/// This can be called multiple times for a single query.
|
||||
virtual void process(const dtMeshTile* tile, dtPoly** polys, dtPolyRef* refs, int count) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Provides the ability to perform pathfinding related queries against
|
||||
/// a navigation mesh.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
class dtNavMeshQuery
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
dtNavMeshQuery();
|
||||
~dtNavMeshQuery();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initializes the query object.
|
||||
/// @param[in] nav Pointer to the dtNavMesh object to use for all queries.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxNodes Maximum number of search nodes. [Limits: 0 < value <= 65535]
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus init(const dtNavMesh* nav, const int maxNodes);
|
||||
|
||||
/// @name Standard Pathfinding Functions
|
||||
// /@{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds a path from the start polygon to the end polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startRef The refrence id of the start polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] endRef The reference id of the end polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startPos A position within the start polygon. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] endPos A position within the end polygon. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] path An ordered list of polygon references representing the path. (Start to end.)
|
||||
/// [(polyRef) * @p pathCount]
|
||||
/// @param[out] pathCount The number of polygons returned in the @p path array.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxPath The maximum number of polygons the @p path array can hold. [Limit: >= 1]
|
||||
dtStatus findPath(dtPolyRef startRef, dtPolyRef endRef,
|
||||
const float* startPos, const float* endPos,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter,
|
||||
dtPolyRef* path, int* pathCount, const int maxPath) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the straight path from the start to the end position within the polygon corridor.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startPos Path start position. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] endPos Path end position. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] path An array of polygon references that represent the path corridor.
|
||||
/// @param[in] pathSize The number of polygons in the @p path array.
|
||||
/// @param[out] straightPath Points describing the straight path. [(x, y, z) * @p straightPathCount].
|
||||
/// @param[out] straightPathFlags Flags describing each point. (See: #dtStraightPathFlags) [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[out] straightPathRefs The reference id of the polygon that is being entered at each point. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[out] straightPathCount The number of points in the straight path.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxStraightPath The maximum number of points the straight path arrays can hold. [Limit: > 0]
|
||||
/// @param[in] options Query options. (see: #dtStraightPathOptions)
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus findStraightPath(const float* startPos, const float* endPos,
|
||||
const dtPolyRef* path, const int pathSize,
|
||||
float* straightPath, unsigned char* straightPathFlags, dtPolyRef* straightPathRefs,
|
||||
int* straightPathCount, const int maxStraightPath, const int options = 0) const;
|
||||
|
||||
///@}
|
||||
/// @name Sliced Pathfinding Functions
|
||||
/// Common use case:
|
||||
/// -# Call initSlicedFindPath() to initialize the sliced path query.
|
||||
/// -# Call updateSlicedFindPath() until it returns complete.
|
||||
/// -# Call finalizeSlicedFindPath() to get the path.
|
||||
///@{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Intializes a sliced path query.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startRef The refrence id of the start polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] endRef The reference id of the end polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startPos A position within the start polygon. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] endPos A position within the end polygon. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[in] options query options (see: #dtFindPathOptions)
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus initSlicedFindPath(dtPolyRef startRef, dtPolyRef endRef,
|
||||
const float* startPos, const float* endPos,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter, const unsigned int options = 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Updates an in-progress sliced path query.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxIter The maximum number of iterations to perform.
|
||||
/// @param[out] doneIters The actual number of iterations completed. [opt]
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus updateSlicedFindPath(const int maxIter, int* doneIters);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finalizes and returns the results of a sliced path query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] path An ordered list of polygon references representing the path. (Start to end.)
|
||||
/// [(polyRef) * @p pathCount]
|
||||
/// @param[out] pathCount The number of polygons returned in the @p path array.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxPath The max number of polygons the path array can hold. [Limit: >= 1]
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus finalizeSlicedFindPath(dtPolyRef* path, int* pathCount, const int maxPath);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finalizes and returns the results of an incomplete sliced path query, returning the path to the furthest
|
||||
/// polygon on the existing path that was visited during the search.
|
||||
/// @param[in] existing An array of polygon references for the existing path.
|
||||
/// @param[in] existingSize The number of polygon in the @p existing array.
|
||||
/// @param[out] path An ordered list of polygon references representing the path. (Start to end.)
|
||||
/// [(polyRef) * @p pathCount]
|
||||
/// @param[out] pathCount The number of polygons returned in the @p path array.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxPath The max number of polygons the @p path array can hold. [Limit: >= 1]
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus finalizeSlicedFindPathPartial(const dtPolyRef* existing, const int existingSize,
|
||||
dtPolyRef* path, int* pathCount, const int maxPath);
|
||||
|
||||
///@}
|
||||
/// @name Dijkstra Search Functions
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the polygons along the navigation graph that touch the specified circle.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startRef The reference id of the polygon where the search starts.
|
||||
/// @param[in] centerPos The center of the search circle. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] radius The radius of the search circle.
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultRef The reference ids of the polygons touched by the circle. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultParent The reference ids of the parent polygons for each result.
|
||||
/// Zero if a result polygon has no parent. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultCost The search cost from @p centerPos to the polygon. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultCount The number of polygons found. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxResult The maximum number of polygons the result arrays can hold.
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus findPolysAroundCircle(dtPolyRef startRef, const float* centerPos, const float radius,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter,
|
||||
dtPolyRef* resultRef, dtPolyRef* resultParent, float* resultCost,
|
||||
int* resultCount, const int maxResult) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the polygons along the naviation graph that touch the specified convex polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startRef The reference id of the polygon where the search starts.
|
||||
/// @param[in] verts The vertices describing the convex polygon. (CCW)
|
||||
/// [(x, y, z) * @p nverts]
|
||||
/// @param[in] nverts The number of vertices in the polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultRef The reference ids of the polygons touched by the search polygon. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultParent The reference ids of the parent polygons for each result. Zero if a
|
||||
/// result polygon has no parent. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultCost The search cost from the centroid point to the polygon. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultCount The number of polygons found.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxResult The maximum number of polygons the result arrays can hold.
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus findPolysAroundShape(dtPolyRef startRef, const float* verts, const int nverts,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter,
|
||||
dtPolyRef* resultRef, dtPolyRef* resultParent, float* resultCost,
|
||||
int* resultCount, const int maxResult) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets a path from the explored nodes in the previous search.
|
||||
/// @param[in] endRef The reference id of the end polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[out] path An ordered list of polygon references representing the path. (Start to end.)
|
||||
/// [(polyRef) * @p pathCount]
|
||||
/// @param[out] pathCount The number of polygons returned in the @p path array.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxPath The maximum number of polygons the @p path array can hold. [Limit: >= 0]
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags. Returns DT_FAILURE | DT_INVALID_PARAM if any parameter is wrong, or if
|
||||
/// @p endRef was not explored in the previous search. Returns DT_SUCCESS | DT_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
|
||||
/// if @p path cannot contain the entire path. In this case it is filled to capacity with a partial path.
|
||||
/// Otherwise returns DT_SUCCESS.
|
||||
/// @remarks The result of this function depends on the state of the query object. For that reason it should only
|
||||
/// be used immediately after one of the two Dijkstra searches, findPolysAroundCircle or findPolysAroundShape.
|
||||
dtStatus getPathFromDijkstraSearch(dtPolyRef endRef, dtPolyRef* path, int* pathCount, int maxPath) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
/// @name Local Query Functions
|
||||
///@{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the polygon nearest to the specified center point.
|
||||
/// @param[in] center The center of the search box. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] extents The search distance along each axis. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] nearestRef The reference id of the nearest polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[out] nearestPt The nearest point on the polygon. [opt] [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus findNearestPoly(const float* center, const float* extents,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter,
|
||||
dtPolyRef* nearestRef, float* nearestPt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds polygons that overlap the search box.
|
||||
/// @param[in] center The center of the search box. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] extents The search distance along each axis. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] polys The reference ids of the polygons that overlap the query box.
|
||||
/// @param[out] polyCount The number of polygons in the search result.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxPolys The maximum number of polygons the search result can hold.
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus queryPolygons(const float* center, const float* extents,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter,
|
||||
dtPolyRef* polys, int* polyCount, const int maxPolys) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds polygons that overlap the search box.
|
||||
/// @param[in] center The center of the search box. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] extents The search distance along each axis. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[in] query The query. Polygons found will be batched together and passed to this query.
|
||||
dtStatus queryPolygons(const float* center, const float* extents,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter, dtPolyQuery* query) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the non-overlapping navigation polygons in the local neighbourhood around the center position.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startRef The reference id of the polygon where the search starts.
|
||||
/// @param[in] centerPos The center of the query circle. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] radius The radius of the query circle.
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultRef The reference ids of the polygons touched by the circle.
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultParent The reference ids of the parent polygons for each result.
|
||||
/// Zero if a result polygon has no parent. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultCount The number of polygons found.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxResult The maximum number of polygons the result arrays can hold.
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus findLocalNeighbourhood(dtPolyRef startRef, const float* centerPos, const float radius,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter,
|
||||
dtPolyRef* resultRef, dtPolyRef* resultParent,
|
||||
int* resultCount, const int maxResult) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Moves from the start to the end position constrained to the navigation mesh.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startRef The reference id of the start polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startPos A position of the mover within the start polygon. [(x, y, x)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] endPos The desired end position of the mover. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] resultPos The result position of the mover. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[out] visited The reference ids of the polygons visited during the move.
|
||||
/// @param[out] visitedCount The number of polygons visited during the move.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxVisitedSize The maximum number of polygons the @p visited array can hold.
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus moveAlongSurface(dtPolyRef startRef, const float* startPos, const float* endPos,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter,
|
||||
float* resultPos, dtPolyRef* visited, int* visitedCount, const int maxVisitedSize) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Casts a 'walkability' ray along the surface of the navigation mesh from
|
||||
/// the start position toward the end position.
|
||||
/// @note A wrapper around raycast(..., RaycastHit*). Retained for backward compatibility.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startRef The reference id of the start polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startPos A position within the start polygon representing
|
||||
/// the start of the ray. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] endPos The position to cast the ray toward. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[out] t The hit parameter. (FLT_MAX if no wall hit.)
|
||||
/// @param[out] hitNormal The normal of the nearest wall hit. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] path The reference ids of the visited polygons. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[out] pathCount The number of visited polygons. [opt]
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxPath The maximum number of polygons the @p path array can hold.
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus raycast(dtPolyRef startRef, const float* startPos, const float* endPos,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter,
|
||||
float* t, float* hitNormal, dtPolyRef* path, int* pathCount, const int maxPath) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Casts a 'walkability' ray along the surface of the navigation mesh from
|
||||
/// the start position toward the end position.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startRef The reference id of the start polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startPos A position within the start polygon representing
|
||||
/// the start of the ray. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] endPos The position to cast the ray toward. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[in] flags govern how the raycast behaves. See dtRaycastOptions
|
||||
/// @param[out] hit Pointer to a raycast hit structure which will be filled by the results.
|
||||
/// @param[in] prevRef parent of start ref. Used during for cost calculation [opt]
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus raycast(dtPolyRef startRef, const float* startPos, const float* endPos,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter, const unsigned int options,
|
||||
dtRaycastHit* hit, dtPolyRef prevRef = 0) const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the distance from the specified position to the nearest polygon wall.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startRef The reference id of the polygon containing @p centerPos.
|
||||
/// @param[in] centerPos The center of the search circle. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxRadius The radius of the search circle.
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] hitDist The distance to the nearest wall from @p centerPos.
|
||||
/// @param[out] hitPos The nearest position on the wall that was hit. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[out] hitNormal The normalized ray formed from the wall point to the
|
||||
/// source point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus findDistanceToWall(dtPolyRef startRef, const float* centerPos, const float maxRadius,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter,
|
||||
float* hitDist, float* hitPos, float* hitNormal) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the segments for the specified polygon, optionally including portals.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The reference id of the polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[out] segmentVerts The segments. [(ax, ay, az, bx, by, bz) * segmentCount]
|
||||
/// @param[out] segmentRefs The reference ids of each segment's neighbor polygon.
|
||||
/// Or zero if the segment is a wall. [opt] [(parentRef) * @p segmentCount]
|
||||
/// @param[out] segmentCount The number of segments returned.
|
||||
/// @param[in] maxSegments The maximum number of segments the result arrays can hold.
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus getPolyWallSegments(dtPolyRef ref, const dtQueryFilter* filter,
|
||||
float* segmentVerts, dtPolyRef* segmentRefs, int* segmentCount,
|
||||
const int maxSegments) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns random location on navmesh.
|
||||
/// Polygons are chosen weighted by area. The search runs in linear related to number of polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[in] frand Function returning a random number [0..1).
|
||||
/// @param[out] randomRef The reference id of the random location.
|
||||
/// @param[out] randomPt The random location.
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus findRandomPoint(const dtQueryFilter* filter, float (*frand)(),
|
||||
dtPolyRef* randomRef, float* randomPt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns random location on navmesh within the reach of specified location.
|
||||
/// Polygons are chosen weighted by area. The search runs in linear related to number of polygon.
|
||||
/// The location is not exactly constrained by the circle, but it limits the visited polygons.
|
||||
/// @param[in] startRef The reference id of the polygon where the search starts.
|
||||
/// @param[in] centerPos The center of the search circle. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The polygon filter to apply to the query.
|
||||
/// @param[in] frand Function returning a random number [0..1).
|
||||
/// @param[out] randomRef The reference id of the random location.
|
||||
/// @param[out] randomPt The random location. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus findRandomPointAroundCircle(dtPolyRef startRef, const float* centerPos, const float maxRadius,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter, float (*frand)(),
|
||||
dtPolyRef* randomRef, float* randomPt) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Finds the closest point on the specified polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The reference id of the polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] pos The position to check. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[out] closest The closest point on the polygon. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[out] posOverPoly True of the position is over the polygon.
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus closestPointOnPoly(dtPolyRef ref, const float* pos, float* closest, bool* posOverPoly) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a point on the boundary closest to the source point if the source point is outside the
|
||||
/// polygon's xz-bounds.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The reference id to the polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] pos The position to check. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[out] closest The closest point. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus closestPointOnPolyBoundary(dtPolyRef ref, const float* pos, float* closest) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the height of the polygon at the provided position using the height detail. (Most accurate.)
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The reference id of the polygon.
|
||||
/// @param[in] pos A position within the xz-bounds of the polygon. [(x, y, z)]
|
||||
/// @param[out] height The height at the surface of the polygon.
|
||||
/// @returns The status flags for the query.
|
||||
dtStatus getPolyHeight(dtPolyRef ref, const float* pos, float* height) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
/// @name Miscellaneous Functions
|
||||
/// @{
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns true if the polygon reference is valid and passes the filter restrictions.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The polygon reference to check.
|
||||
/// @param[in] filter The filter to apply.
|
||||
bool isValidPolyRef(dtPolyRef ref, const dtQueryFilter* filter) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns true if the polygon reference is in the closed list.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ref The reference id of the polygon to check.
|
||||
/// @returns True if the polygon is in closed list.
|
||||
bool isInClosedList(dtPolyRef ref) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the node pool.
|
||||
/// @returns The node pool.
|
||||
class dtNodePool* getNodePool() const { return m_nodePool; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets the navigation mesh the query object is using.
|
||||
/// @return The navigation mesh the query object is using.
|
||||
const dtNavMesh* getAttachedNavMesh() const { return m_nav; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// @}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// Explicitly disabled copy constructor and copy assignment operator
|
||||
dtNavMeshQuery(const dtNavMeshQuery&);
|
||||
dtNavMeshQuery& operator=(const dtNavMeshQuery&);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Queries polygons within a tile.
|
||||
void queryPolygonsInTile(const dtMeshTile* tile, const float* qmin, const float* qmax,
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter, dtPolyQuery* query) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns portal points between two polygons.
|
||||
dtStatus getPortalPoints(dtPolyRef from, dtPolyRef to, float* left, float* right,
|
||||
unsigned char& fromType, unsigned char& toType) const;
|
||||
dtStatus getPortalPoints(dtPolyRef from, const dtPoly* fromPoly, const dtMeshTile* fromTile,
|
||||
dtPolyRef to, const dtPoly* toPoly, const dtMeshTile* toTile,
|
||||
float* left, float* right) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns edge mid point between two polygons.
|
||||
dtStatus getEdgeMidPoint(dtPolyRef from, dtPolyRef to, float* mid) const;
|
||||
dtStatus getEdgeMidPoint(dtPolyRef from, const dtPoly* fromPoly, const dtMeshTile* fromTile,
|
||||
dtPolyRef to, const dtPoly* toPoly, const dtMeshTile* toTile,
|
||||
float* mid) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Appends vertex to a straight path
|
||||
dtStatus appendVertex(const float* pos, const unsigned char flags, const dtPolyRef ref,
|
||||
float* straightPath, unsigned char* straightPathFlags, dtPolyRef* straightPathRefs,
|
||||
int* straightPathCount, const int maxStraightPath) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Appends intermediate portal points to a straight path.
|
||||
dtStatus appendPortals(const int startIdx, const int endIdx, const float* endPos, const dtPolyRef* path,
|
||||
float* straightPath, unsigned char* straightPathFlags, dtPolyRef* straightPathRefs,
|
||||
int* straightPathCount, const int maxStraightPath, const int options) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Gets the path leading to the specified end node.
|
||||
dtStatus getPathToNode(struct dtNode* endNode, dtPolyRef* path, int* pathCount, int maxPath) const;
|
||||
|
||||
const dtNavMesh* m_nav; ///< Pointer to navmesh data.
|
||||
|
||||
struct dtQueryData
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtStatus status;
|
||||
struct dtNode* lastBestNode;
|
||||
float lastBestNodeCost;
|
||||
dtPolyRef startRef, endRef;
|
||||
float startPos[3], endPos[3];
|
||||
const dtQueryFilter* filter;
|
||||
unsigned int options;
|
||||
float raycastLimitSqr;
|
||||
};
|
||||
dtQueryData m_query; ///< Sliced query state.
|
||||
|
||||
class dtNodePool* m_tinyNodePool; ///< Pointer to small node pool.
|
||||
class dtNodePool* m_nodePool; ///< Pointer to node pool.
|
||||
class dtNodeQueue* m_openList; ///< Pointer to open list queue.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// Allocates a query object using the Detour allocator.
|
||||
/// @return An allocated query object, or null on failure.
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
dtNavMeshQuery* dtAllocNavMeshQuery();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Frees the specified query object using the Detour allocator.
|
||||
/// @param[in] query A query object allocated using #dtAllocNavMeshQuery
|
||||
/// @ingroup detour
|
||||
void dtFreeNavMeshQuery(dtNavMeshQuery* query);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DETOURNAVMESHQUERY_H
|
||||
168
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourNode.h
Normal file
168
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourNode.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DETOURNODE_H
|
||||
#define DETOURNODE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "DetourNavMesh.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum dtNodeFlags
|
||||
{
|
||||
DT_NODE_OPEN = 0x01,
|
||||
DT_NODE_CLOSED = 0x02,
|
||||
DT_NODE_PARENT_DETACHED = 0x04, // parent of the node is not adjacent. Found using raycast.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef unsigned short dtNodeIndex;
|
||||
static const dtNodeIndex DT_NULL_IDX = (dtNodeIndex)~0;
|
||||
|
||||
static const int DT_NODE_PARENT_BITS = 24;
|
||||
static const int DT_NODE_STATE_BITS = 2;
|
||||
struct dtNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
float pos[3]; ///< Position of the node.
|
||||
float cost; ///< Cost from previous node to current node.
|
||||
float total; ///< Cost up to the node.
|
||||
unsigned int pidx : DT_NODE_PARENT_BITS; ///< Index to parent node.
|
||||
unsigned int state : DT_NODE_STATE_BITS; ///< extra state information. A polyRef can have multiple nodes with different extra info. see DT_MAX_STATES_PER_NODE
|
||||
unsigned int flags : 3; ///< Node flags. A combination of dtNodeFlags.
|
||||
dtPolyRef id; ///< Polygon ref the node corresponds to.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static const int DT_MAX_STATES_PER_NODE = 1 << DT_NODE_STATE_BITS; // number of extra states per node. See dtNode::state
|
||||
|
||||
class dtNodePool
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
dtNodePool(int maxNodes, int hashSize);
|
||||
~dtNodePool();
|
||||
void clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// Get a dtNode by ref and extra state information. If there is none then - allocate
|
||||
// There can be more than one node for the same polyRef but with different extra state information
|
||||
dtNode* getNode(dtPolyRef id, unsigned char state=0);
|
||||
dtNode* findNode(dtPolyRef id, unsigned char state);
|
||||
unsigned int findNodes(dtPolyRef id, dtNode** nodes, const int maxNodes);
|
||||
|
||||
inline unsigned int getNodeIdx(const dtNode* node) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!node) return 0;
|
||||
return (unsigned int)(node - m_nodes) + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline dtNode* getNodeAtIdx(unsigned int idx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!idx) return 0;
|
||||
return &m_nodes[idx - 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline const dtNode* getNodeAtIdx(unsigned int idx) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!idx) return 0;
|
||||
return &m_nodes[idx - 1];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int getMemUsed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sizeof(*this) +
|
||||
sizeof(dtNode)*m_maxNodes +
|
||||
sizeof(dtNodeIndex)*m_maxNodes +
|
||||
sizeof(dtNodeIndex)*m_hashSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int getMaxNodes() const { return m_maxNodes; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline int getHashSize() const { return m_hashSize; }
|
||||
inline dtNodeIndex getFirst(int bucket) const { return m_first[bucket]; }
|
||||
inline dtNodeIndex getNext(int i) const { return m_next[i]; }
|
||||
inline int getNodeCount() const { return m_nodeCount; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// Explicitly disabled copy constructor and copy assignment operator.
|
||||
dtNodePool(const dtNodePool&);
|
||||
dtNodePool& operator=(const dtNodePool&);
|
||||
|
||||
dtNode* m_nodes;
|
||||
dtNodeIndex* m_first;
|
||||
dtNodeIndex* m_next;
|
||||
const int m_maxNodes;
|
||||
const int m_hashSize;
|
||||
int m_nodeCount;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
class dtNodeQueue
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
dtNodeQueue(int n);
|
||||
~dtNodeQueue();
|
||||
|
||||
inline void clear() { m_size = 0; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline dtNode* top() { return m_heap[0]; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline dtNode* pop()
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtNode* result = m_heap[0];
|
||||
m_size--;
|
||||
trickleDown(0, m_heap[m_size]);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void push(dtNode* node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_size++;
|
||||
bubbleUp(m_size-1, node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline void modify(dtNode* node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < m_size; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_heap[i] == node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bubbleUp(i, node);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool empty() const { return m_size == 0; }
|
||||
|
||||
inline int getMemUsed() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sizeof(*this) +
|
||||
sizeof(dtNode*) * (m_capacity + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int getCapacity() const { return m_capacity; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// Explicitly disabled copy constructor and copy assignment operator.
|
||||
dtNodeQueue(const dtNodeQueue&);
|
||||
dtNodeQueue& operator=(const dtNodeQueue&);
|
||||
|
||||
void bubbleUp(int i, dtNode* node);
|
||||
void trickleDown(int i, dtNode* node);
|
||||
|
||||
dtNode** m_heap;
|
||||
const int m_capacity;
|
||||
int m_size;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DETOURNODE_H
|
||||
64
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourStatus.h
Normal file
64
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Include/DetourStatus.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef DETOURSTATUS_H
|
||||
#define DETOURSTATUS_H
|
||||
|
||||
typedef unsigned int dtStatus;
|
||||
|
||||
// High level status.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_FAILURE = 1u << 31; // Operation failed.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_SUCCESS = 1u << 30; // Operation succeed.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_IN_PROGRESS = 1u << 29; // Operation still in progress.
|
||||
|
||||
// Detail information for status.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_STATUS_DETAIL_MASK = 0x0ffffff;
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_WRONG_MAGIC = 1 << 0; // Input data is not recognized.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_WRONG_VERSION = 1 << 1; // Input data is in wrong version.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_OUT_OF_MEMORY = 1 << 2; // Operation ran out of memory.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_INVALID_PARAM = 1 << 3; // An input parameter was invalid.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL = 1 << 4; // Result buffer for the query was too small to store all results.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_OUT_OF_NODES = 1 << 5; // Query ran out of nodes during search.
|
||||
static const unsigned int DT_PARTIAL_RESULT = 1 << 6; // Query did not reach the end location, returning best guess.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true of status is success.
|
||||
inline bool dtStatusSucceed(dtStatus status)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (status & DT_SUCCESS) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true of status is failure.
|
||||
inline bool dtStatusFailed(dtStatus status)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (status & DT_FAILURE) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true of status is in progress.
|
||||
inline bool dtStatusInProgress(dtStatus status)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (status & DT_IN_PROGRESS) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns true if specific detail is set.
|
||||
inline bool dtStatusDetail(dtStatus status, unsigned int detail)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (status & detail) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DETOURSTATUS_H
|
||||
50
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourAlloc.cpp
Normal file
50
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourAlloc.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "DetourAlloc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static void *dtAllocDefault(size_t size, dtAllocHint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return malloc(size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void dtFreeDefault(void *ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free(ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static dtAllocFunc* sAllocFunc = dtAllocDefault;
|
||||
static dtFreeFunc* sFreeFunc = dtFreeDefault;
|
||||
|
||||
void dtAllocSetCustom(dtAllocFunc *allocFunc, dtFreeFunc *freeFunc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sAllocFunc = allocFunc ? allocFunc : dtAllocDefault;
|
||||
sFreeFunc = freeFunc ? freeFunc : dtFreeDefault;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void* dtAlloc(size_t size, dtAllocHint hint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sAllocFunc(size, hint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void dtFree(void* ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ptr)
|
||||
sFreeFunc(ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
388
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourCommon.cpp
Normal file
388
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourCommon.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#include "DetourCommon.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourMath.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
void dtClosestPtPointTriangle(float* closest, const float* p,
|
||||
const float* a, const float* b, const float* c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check if P in vertex region outside A
|
||||
float ab[3], ac[3], ap[3];
|
||||
dtVsub(ab, b, a);
|
||||
dtVsub(ac, c, a);
|
||||
dtVsub(ap, p, a);
|
||||
float d1 = dtVdot(ab, ap);
|
||||
float d2 = dtVdot(ac, ap);
|
||||
if (d1 <= 0.0f && d2 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// barycentric coordinates (1,0,0)
|
||||
dtVcopy(closest, a);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if P in vertex region outside B
|
||||
float bp[3];
|
||||
dtVsub(bp, p, b);
|
||||
float d3 = dtVdot(ab, bp);
|
||||
float d4 = dtVdot(ac, bp);
|
||||
if (d3 >= 0.0f && d4 <= d3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// barycentric coordinates (0,1,0)
|
||||
dtVcopy(closest, b);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if P in edge region of AB, if so return projection of P onto AB
|
||||
float vc = d1*d4 - d3*d2;
|
||||
if (vc <= 0.0f && d1 >= 0.0f && d3 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// barycentric coordinates (1-v,v,0)
|
||||
float v = d1 / (d1 - d3);
|
||||
closest[0] = a[0] + v * ab[0];
|
||||
closest[1] = a[1] + v * ab[1];
|
||||
closest[2] = a[2] + v * ab[2];
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if P in vertex region outside C
|
||||
float cp[3];
|
||||
dtVsub(cp, p, c);
|
||||
float d5 = dtVdot(ab, cp);
|
||||
float d6 = dtVdot(ac, cp);
|
||||
if (d6 >= 0.0f && d5 <= d6)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// barycentric coordinates (0,0,1)
|
||||
dtVcopy(closest, c);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if P in edge region of AC, if so return projection of P onto AC
|
||||
float vb = d5*d2 - d1*d6;
|
||||
if (vb <= 0.0f && d2 >= 0.0f && d6 <= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// barycentric coordinates (1-w,0,w)
|
||||
float w = d2 / (d2 - d6);
|
||||
closest[0] = a[0] + w * ac[0];
|
||||
closest[1] = a[1] + w * ac[1];
|
||||
closest[2] = a[2] + w * ac[2];
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if P in edge region of BC, if so return projection of P onto BC
|
||||
float va = d3*d6 - d5*d4;
|
||||
if (va <= 0.0f && (d4 - d3) >= 0.0f && (d5 - d6) >= 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// barycentric coordinates (0,1-w,w)
|
||||
float w = (d4 - d3) / ((d4 - d3) + (d5 - d6));
|
||||
closest[0] = b[0] + w * (c[0] - b[0]);
|
||||
closest[1] = b[1] + w * (c[1] - b[1]);
|
||||
closest[2] = b[2] + w * (c[2] - b[2]);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// P inside face region. Compute Q through its barycentric coordinates (u,v,w)
|
||||
float denom = 1.0f / (va + vb + vc);
|
||||
float v = vb * denom;
|
||||
float w = vc * denom;
|
||||
closest[0] = a[0] + ab[0] * v + ac[0] * w;
|
||||
closest[1] = a[1] + ab[1] * v + ac[1] * w;
|
||||
closest[2] = a[2] + ab[2] * v + ac[2] * w;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool dtIntersectSegmentPoly2D(const float* p0, const float* p1,
|
||||
const float* verts, int nverts,
|
||||
float& tmin, float& tmax,
|
||||
int& segMin, int& segMax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const float EPS = 0.00000001f;
|
||||
|
||||
tmin = 0;
|
||||
tmax = 1;
|
||||
segMin = -1;
|
||||
segMax = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
float dir[3];
|
||||
dtVsub(dir, p1, p0);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0, j = nverts-1; i < nverts; j=i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float edge[3], diff[3];
|
||||
dtVsub(edge, &verts[i*3], &verts[j*3]);
|
||||
dtVsub(diff, p0, &verts[j*3]);
|
||||
const float n = dtVperp2D(edge, diff);
|
||||
const float d = dtVperp2D(dir, edge);
|
||||
if (fabsf(d) < EPS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// S is nearly parallel to this edge
|
||||
if (n < 0)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
else
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
const float t = n / d;
|
||||
if (d < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// segment S is entering across this edge
|
||||
if (t > tmin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmin = t;
|
||||
segMin = j;
|
||||
// S enters after leaving polygon
|
||||
if (tmin > tmax)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// segment S is leaving across this edge
|
||||
if (t < tmax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmax = t;
|
||||
segMax = j;
|
||||
// S leaves before entering polygon
|
||||
if (tmax < tmin)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float dtDistancePtSegSqr2D(const float* pt, const float* p, const float* q, float& t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float pqx = q[0] - p[0];
|
||||
float pqz = q[2] - p[2];
|
||||
float dx = pt[0] - p[0];
|
||||
float dz = pt[2] - p[2];
|
||||
float d = pqx*pqx + pqz*pqz;
|
||||
t = pqx*dx + pqz*dz;
|
||||
if (d > 0) t /= d;
|
||||
if (t < 0) t = 0;
|
||||
else if (t > 1) t = 1;
|
||||
dx = p[0] + t*pqx - pt[0];
|
||||
dz = p[2] + t*pqz - pt[2];
|
||||
return dx*dx + dz*dz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void dtCalcPolyCenter(float* tc, const unsigned short* idx, int nidx, const float* verts)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tc[0] = 0.0f;
|
||||
tc[1] = 0.0f;
|
||||
tc[2] = 0.0f;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < nidx; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* v = &verts[idx[j]*3];
|
||||
tc[0] += v[0];
|
||||
tc[1] += v[1];
|
||||
tc[2] += v[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
const float s = 1.0f / nidx;
|
||||
tc[0] *= s;
|
||||
tc[1] *= s;
|
||||
tc[2] *= s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool dtClosestHeightPointTriangle(const float* p, const float* a, const float* b, const float* c, float& h)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float v0[3], v1[3], v2[3];
|
||||
dtVsub(v0, c,a);
|
||||
dtVsub(v1, b,a);
|
||||
dtVsub(v2, p,a);
|
||||
|
||||
const float dot00 = dtVdot2D(v0, v0);
|
||||
const float dot01 = dtVdot2D(v0, v1);
|
||||
const float dot02 = dtVdot2D(v0, v2);
|
||||
const float dot11 = dtVdot2D(v1, v1);
|
||||
const float dot12 = dtVdot2D(v1, v2);
|
||||
|
||||
// Compute barycentric coordinates
|
||||
const float invDenom = 1.0f / (dot00 * dot11 - dot01 * dot01);
|
||||
const float u = (dot11 * dot02 - dot01 * dot12) * invDenom;
|
||||
const float v = (dot00 * dot12 - dot01 * dot02) * invDenom;
|
||||
|
||||
// The (sloppy) epsilon is needed to allow to get height of points which
|
||||
// are interpolated along the edges of the triangles.
|
||||
static const float EPS = 1e-4f;
|
||||
|
||||
// If point lies inside the triangle, return interpolated ycoord.
|
||||
if (u >= -EPS && v >= -EPS && (u+v) <= 1+EPS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
h = a[1] + v0[1]*u + v1[1]*v;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// All points are projected onto the xz-plane, so the y-values are ignored.
|
||||
bool dtPointInPolygon(const float* pt, const float* verts, const int nverts)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Replace pnpoly with triArea2D tests?
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
bool c = false;
|
||||
for (i = 0, j = nverts-1; i < nverts; j = i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* vi = &verts[i*3];
|
||||
const float* vj = &verts[j*3];
|
||||
if (((vi[2] > pt[2]) != (vj[2] > pt[2])) &&
|
||||
(pt[0] < (vj[0]-vi[0]) * (pt[2]-vi[2]) / (vj[2]-vi[2]) + vi[0]) )
|
||||
c = !c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool dtDistancePtPolyEdgesSqr(const float* pt, const float* verts, const int nverts,
|
||||
float* ed, float* et)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: Replace pnpoly with triArea2D tests?
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
bool c = false;
|
||||
for (i = 0, j = nverts-1; i < nverts; j = i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* vi = &verts[i*3];
|
||||
const float* vj = &verts[j*3];
|
||||
if (((vi[2] > pt[2]) != (vj[2] > pt[2])) &&
|
||||
(pt[0] < (vj[0]-vi[0]) * (pt[2]-vi[2]) / (vj[2]-vi[2]) + vi[0]) )
|
||||
c = !c;
|
||||
ed[j] = dtDistancePtSegSqr2D(pt, vj, vi, et[j]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void projectPoly(const float* axis, const float* poly, const int npoly,
|
||||
float& rmin, float& rmax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rmin = rmax = dtVdot2D(axis, &poly[0]);
|
||||
for (int i = 1; i < npoly; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float d = dtVdot2D(axis, &poly[i*3]);
|
||||
rmin = dtMin(rmin, d);
|
||||
rmax = dtMax(rmax, d);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool overlapRange(const float amin, const float amax,
|
||||
const float bmin, const float bmax,
|
||||
const float eps)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((amin+eps) > bmax || (amax-eps) < bmin) ? false : true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// All vertices are projected onto the xz-plane, so the y-values are ignored.
|
||||
bool dtOverlapPolyPoly2D(const float* polya, const int npolya,
|
||||
const float* polyb, const int npolyb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float eps = 1e-4f;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0, j = npolya-1; i < npolya; j=i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* va = &polya[j*3];
|
||||
const float* vb = &polya[i*3];
|
||||
const float n[3] = { vb[2]-va[2], 0, -(vb[0]-va[0]) };
|
||||
float amin,amax,bmin,bmax;
|
||||
projectPoly(n, polya, npolya, amin,amax);
|
||||
projectPoly(n, polyb, npolyb, bmin,bmax);
|
||||
if (!overlapRange(amin,amax, bmin,bmax, eps))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Found separating axis
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (int i = 0, j = npolyb-1; i < npolyb; j=i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* va = &polyb[j*3];
|
||||
const float* vb = &polyb[i*3];
|
||||
const float n[3] = { vb[2]-va[2], 0, -(vb[0]-va[0]) };
|
||||
float amin,amax,bmin,bmax;
|
||||
projectPoly(n, polya, npolya, amin,amax);
|
||||
projectPoly(n, polyb, npolyb, bmin,bmax);
|
||||
if (!overlapRange(amin,amax, bmin,bmax, eps))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Found separating axis
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns a random point in a convex polygon.
|
||||
// Adapted from Graphics Gems article.
|
||||
void dtRandomPointInConvexPoly(const float* pts, const int npts, float* areas,
|
||||
const float s, const float t, float* out)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Calc triangle araes
|
||||
float areasum = 0.0f;
|
||||
for (int i = 2; i < npts; i++) {
|
||||
areas[i] = dtTriArea2D(&pts[0], &pts[(i-1)*3], &pts[i*3]);
|
||||
areasum += dtMax(0.001f, areas[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Find sub triangle weighted by area.
|
||||
const float thr = s*areasum;
|
||||
float acc = 0.0f;
|
||||
float u = 0.0f;
|
||||
int tri = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 2; i < npts; i++) {
|
||||
const float dacc = areas[i];
|
||||
if (thr >= acc && thr < (acc+dacc))
|
||||
{
|
||||
u = (thr - acc) / dacc;
|
||||
tri = i;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
acc += dacc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float v = dtMathSqrtf(t);
|
||||
|
||||
const float a = 1 - v;
|
||||
const float b = (1 - u) * v;
|
||||
const float c = u * v;
|
||||
const float* pa = &pts[0];
|
||||
const float* pb = &pts[(tri-1)*3];
|
||||
const float* pc = &pts[tri*3];
|
||||
|
||||
out[0] = a*pa[0] + b*pb[0] + c*pc[0];
|
||||
out[1] = a*pa[1] + b*pb[1] + c*pc[1];
|
||||
out[2] = a*pa[2] + b*pb[2] + c*pc[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline float vperpXZ(const float* a, const float* b) { return a[0]*b[2] - a[2]*b[0]; }
|
||||
|
||||
bool dtIntersectSegSeg2D(const float* ap, const float* aq,
|
||||
const float* bp, const float* bq,
|
||||
float& s, float& t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float u[3], v[3], w[3];
|
||||
dtVsub(u,aq,ap);
|
||||
dtVsub(v,bq,bp);
|
||||
dtVsub(w,ap,bp);
|
||||
float d = vperpXZ(u,v);
|
||||
if (fabsf(d) < 1e-6f) return false;
|
||||
s = vperpXZ(v,w) / d;
|
||||
t = vperpXZ(u,w) / d;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
1552
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourNavMesh.cpp
Normal file
1552
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourNavMesh.cpp
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
777
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourNavMeshBuilder.cpp
Normal file
777
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourNavMeshBuilder.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,777 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <float.h>
|
||||
#include "DetourNavMesh.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourCommon.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourMath.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourNavMeshBuilder.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourAlloc.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourAssert.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static unsigned short MESH_NULL_IDX = 0xffff;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct BVItem
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned short bmin[3];
|
||||
unsigned short bmax[3];
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static int compareItemX(const void* va, const void* vb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const BVItem* a = (const BVItem*)va;
|
||||
const BVItem* b = (const BVItem*)vb;
|
||||
if (a->bmin[0] < b->bmin[0])
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (a->bmin[0] > b->bmin[0])
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int compareItemY(const void* va, const void* vb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const BVItem* a = (const BVItem*)va;
|
||||
const BVItem* b = (const BVItem*)vb;
|
||||
if (a->bmin[1] < b->bmin[1])
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (a->bmin[1] > b->bmin[1])
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int compareItemZ(const void* va, const void* vb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const BVItem* a = (const BVItem*)va;
|
||||
const BVItem* b = (const BVItem*)vb;
|
||||
if (a->bmin[2] < b->bmin[2])
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (a->bmin[2] > b->bmin[2])
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void calcExtends(BVItem* items, const int /*nitems*/, const int imin, const int imax,
|
||||
unsigned short* bmin, unsigned short* bmax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bmin[0] = items[imin].bmin[0];
|
||||
bmin[1] = items[imin].bmin[1];
|
||||
bmin[2] = items[imin].bmin[2];
|
||||
|
||||
bmax[0] = items[imin].bmax[0];
|
||||
bmax[1] = items[imin].bmax[1];
|
||||
bmax[2] = items[imin].bmax[2];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = imin+1; i < imax; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const BVItem& it = items[i];
|
||||
if (it.bmin[0] < bmin[0]) bmin[0] = it.bmin[0];
|
||||
if (it.bmin[1] < bmin[1]) bmin[1] = it.bmin[1];
|
||||
if (it.bmin[2] < bmin[2]) bmin[2] = it.bmin[2];
|
||||
|
||||
if (it.bmax[0] > bmax[0]) bmax[0] = it.bmax[0];
|
||||
if (it.bmax[1] > bmax[1]) bmax[1] = it.bmax[1];
|
||||
if (it.bmax[2] > bmax[2]) bmax[2] = it.bmax[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline int longestAxis(unsigned short x, unsigned short y, unsigned short z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int axis = 0;
|
||||
unsigned short maxVal = x;
|
||||
if (y > maxVal)
|
||||
{
|
||||
axis = 1;
|
||||
maxVal = y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (z > maxVal)
|
||||
{
|
||||
axis = 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return axis;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void subdivide(BVItem* items, int nitems, int imin, int imax, int& curNode, dtBVNode* nodes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int inum = imax - imin;
|
||||
int icur = curNode;
|
||||
|
||||
dtBVNode& node = nodes[curNode++];
|
||||
|
||||
if (inum == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Leaf
|
||||
node.bmin[0] = items[imin].bmin[0];
|
||||
node.bmin[1] = items[imin].bmin[1];
|
||||
node.bmin[2] = items[imin].bmin[2];
|
||||
|
||||
node.bmax[0] = items[imin].bmax[0];
|
||||
node.bmax[1] = items[imin].bmax[1];
|
||||
node.bmax[2] = items[imin].bmax[2];
|
||||
|
||||
node.i = items[imin].i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Split
|
||||
calcExtends(items, nitems, imin, imax, node.bmin, node.bmax);
|
||||
|
||||
int axis = longestAxis(node.bmax[0] - node.bmin[0],
|
||||
node.bmax[1] - node.bmin[1],
|
||||
node.bmax[2] - node.bmin[2]);
|
||||
|
||||
if (axis == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Sort along x-axis
|
||||
qsort(items+imin, inum, sizeof(BVItem), compareItemX);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (axis == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Sort along y-axis
|
||||
qsort(items+imin, inum, sizeof(BVItem), compareItemY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Sort along z-axis
|
||||
qsort(items+imin, inum, sizeof(BVItem), compareItemZ);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int isplit = imin+inum/2;
|
||||
|
||||
// Left
|
||||
subdivide(items, nitems, imin, isplit, curNode, nodes);
|
||||
// Right
|
||||
subdivide(items, nitems, isplit, imax, curNode, nodes);
|
||||
|
||||
int iescape = curNode - icur;
|
||||
// Negative index means escape.
|
||||
node.i = -iescape;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int createBVTree(const unsigned short* verts, const int /*nverts*/,
|
||||
const unsigned short* polys, const int npolys, const int nvp,
|
||||
const float cs, const float ch,
|
||||
const int /*nnodes*/, dtBVNode* nodes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Build tree
|
||||
BVItem* items = (BVItem*)dtAlloc(sizeof(BVItem)*npolys, DT_ALLOC_TEMP);
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < npolys; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BVItem& it = items[i];
|
||||
it.i = i;
|
||||
// Calc polygon bounds.
|
||||
const unsigned short* p = &polys[i*nvp*2];
|
||||
it.bmin[0] = it.bmax[0] = verts[p[0]*3+0];
|
||||
it.bmin[1] = it.bmax[1] = verts[p[0]*3+1];
|
||||
it.bmin[2] = it.bmax[2] = verts[p[0]*3+2];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int j = 1; j < nvp; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (p[j] == MESH_NULL_IDX) break;
|
||||
unsigned short x = verts[p[j]*3+0];
|
||||
unsigned short y = verts[p[j]*3+1];
|
||||
unsigned short z = verts[p[j]*3+2];
|
||||
|
||||
if (x < it.bmin[0]) it.bmin[0] = x;
|
||||
if (y < it.bmin[1]) it.bmin[1] = y;
|
||||
if (z < it.bmin[2]) it.bmin[2] = z;
|
||||
|
||||
if (x > it.bmax[0]) it.bmax[0] = x;
|
||||
if (y > it.bmax[1]) it.bmax[1] = y;
|
||||
if (z > it.bmax[2]) it.bmax[2] = z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Remap y
|
||||
it.bmin[1] = (unsigned short)dtMathFloorf((float)it.bmin[1]*ch/cs);
|
||||
it.bmax[1] = (unsigned short)dtMathCeilf((float)it.bmax[1]*ch/cs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int curNode = 0;
|
||||
subdivide(items, npolys, 0, npolys, curNode, nodes);
|
||||
|
||||
dtFree(items);
|
||||
|
||||
return curNode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static unsigned char classifyOffMeshPoint(const float* pt, const float* bmin, const float* bmax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const unsigned char XP = 1<<0;
|
||||
static const unsigned char ZP = 1<<1;
|
||||
static const unsigned char XM = 1<<2;
|
||||
static const unsigned char ZM = 1<<3;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char outcode = 0;
|
||||
outcode |= (pt[0] >= bmax[0]) ? XP : 0;
|
||||
outcode |= (pt[2] >= bmax[2]) ? ZP : 0;
|
||||
outcode |= (pt[0] < bmin[0]) ? XM : 0;
|
||||
outcode |= (pt[2] < bmin[2]) ? ZM : 0;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (outcode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case XP: return 0;
|
||||
case XP|ZP: return 1;
|
||||
case ZP: return 2;
|
||||
case XM|ZP: return 3;
|
||||
case XM: return 4;
|
||||
case XM|ZM: return 5;
|
||||
case ZM: return 6;
|
||||
case XP|ZM: return 7;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
return 0xff;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: Better error handling.
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The output data array is allocated using the detour allocator (dtAlloc()). The method
|
||||
/// used to free the memory will be determined by how the tile is added to the navigation
|
||||
/// mesh.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see dtNavMesh, dtNavMesh::addTile()
|
||||
bool dtCreateNavMeshData(dtNavMeshCreateParams* params, unsigned char** outData, int* outDataSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (params->nvp > DT_VERTS_PER_POLYGON)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (params->vertCount >= 0xffff)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (!params->vertCount || !params->verts)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (!params->polyCount || !params->polys)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
const int nvp = params->nvp;
|
||||
|
||||
// Classify off-mesh connection points. We store only the connections
|
||||
// whose start point is inside the tile.
|
||||
unsigned char* offMeshConClass = 0;
|
||||
int storedOffMeshConCount = 0;
|
||||
int offMeshConLinkCount = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (params->offMeshConCount > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
offMeshConClass = (unsigned char*)dtAlloc(sizeof(unsigned char)*params->offMeshConCount*2, DT_ALLOC_TEMP);
|
||||
if (!offMeshConClass)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find tight heigh bounds, used for culling out off-mesh start locations.
|
||||
float hmin = FLT_MAX;
|
||||
float hmax = -FLT_MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
if (params->detailVerts && params->detailVertsCount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->detailVertsCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float h = params->detailVerts[i*3+1];
|
||||
hmin = dtMin(hmin,h);
|
||||
hmax = dtMax(hmax,h);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->vertCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const unsigned short* iv = ¶ms->verts[i*3];
|
||||
const float h = params->bmin[1] + iv[1] * params->ch;
|
||||
hmin = dtMin(hmin,h);
|
||||
hmax = dtMax(hmax,h);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
hmin -= params->walkableClimb;
|
||||
hmax += params->walkableClimb;
|
||||
float bmin[3], bmax[3];
|
||||
dtVcopy(bmin, params->bmin);
|
||||
dtVcopy(bmax, params->bmax);
|
||||
bmin[1] = hmin;
|
||||
bmax[1] = hmax;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->offMeshConCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* p0 = ¶ms->offMeshConVerts[(i*2+0)*3];
|
||||
const float* p1 = ¶ms->offMeshConVerts[(i*2+1)*3];
|
||||
offMeshConClass[i*2+0] = classifyOffMeshPoint(p0, bmin, bmax);
|
||||
offMeshConClass[i*2+1] = classifyOffMeshPoint(p1, bmin, bmax);
|
||||
|
||||
// Zero out off-mesh start positions which are not even potentially touching the mesh.
|
||||
if (offMeshConClass[i*2+0] == 0xff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (p0[1] < bmin[1] || p0[1] > bmax[1])
|
||||
offMeshConClass[i*2+0] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Cound how many links should be allocated for off-mesh connections.
|
||||
if (offMeshConClass[i*2+0] == 0xff)
|
||||
offMeshConLinkCount++;
|
||||
if (offMeshConClass[i*2+1] == 0xff)
|
||||
offMeshConLinkCount++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (offMeshConClass[i*2+0] == 0xff)
|
||||
storedOffMeshConCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Off-mesh connectionss are stored as polygons, adjust values.
|
||||
const int totPolyCount = params->polyCount + storedOffMeshConCount;
|
||||
const int totVertCount = params->vertCount + storedOffMeshConCount*2;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find portal edges which are at tile borders.
|
||||
int edgeCount = 0;
|
||||
int portalCount = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->polyCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const unsigned short* p = ¶ms->polys[i*2*nvp];
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < nvp; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (p[j] == MESH_NULL_IDX) break;
|
||||
edgeCount++;
|
||||
|
||||
if (p[nvp+j] & 0x8000)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned short dir = p[nvp+j] & 0xf;
|
||||
if (dir != 0xf)
|
||||
portalCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const int maxLinkCount = edgeCount + portalCount*2 + offMeshConLinkCount*2;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find unique detail vertices.
|
||||
int uniqueDetailVertCount = 0;
|
||||
int detailTriCount = 0;
|
||||
if (params->detailMeshes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Has detail mesh, count unique detail vertex count and use input detail tri count.
|
||||
detailTriCount = params->detailTriCount;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->polyCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const unsigned short* p = ¶ms->polys[i*nvp*2];
|
||||
int ndv = params->detailMeshes[i*4+1];
|
||||
int nv = 0;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < nvp; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (p[j] == MESH_NULL_IDX) break;
|
||||
nv++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ndv -= nv;
|
||||
uniqueDetailVertCount += ndv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// No input detail mesh, build detail mesh from nav polys.
|
||||
uniqueDetailVertCount = 0; // No extra detail verts.
|
||||
detailTriCount = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->polyCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const unsigned short* p = ¶ms->polys[i*nvp*2];
|
||||
int nv = 0;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < nvp; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (p[j] == MESH_NULL_IDX) break;
|
||||
nv++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
detailTriCount += nv-2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate data size
|
||||
const int headerSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtMeshHeader));
|
||||
const int vertsSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(float)*3*totVertCount);
|
||||
const int polysSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtPoly)*totPolyCount);
|
||||
const int linksSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtLink)*maxLinkCount);
|
||||
const int detailMeshesSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtPolyDetail)*params->polyCount);
|
||||
const int detailVertsSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(float)*3*uniqueDetailVertCount);
|
||||
const int detailTrisSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(unsigned char)*4*detailTriCount);
|
||||
const int bvTreeSize = params->buildBvTree ? dtAlign4(sizeof(dtBVNode)*params->polyCount*2) : 0;
|
||||
const int offMeshConsSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtOffMeshConnection)*storedOffMeshConCount);
|
||||
|
||||
const int dataSize = headerSize + vertsSize + polysSize + linksSize +
|
||||
detailMeshesSize + detailVertsSize + detailTrisSize +
|
||||
bvTreeSize + offMeshConsSize;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char* data = (unsigned char*)dtAlloc(sizeof(unsigned char)*dataSize, DT_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
if (!data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtFree(offMeshConClass);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(data, 0, dataSize);
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char* d = data;
|
||||
|
||||
dtMeshHeader* header = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<dtMeshHeader>(d, headerSize);
|
||||
float* navVerts = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<float>(d, vertsSize);
|
||||
dtPoly* navPolys = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<dtPoly>(d, polysSize);
|
||||
d += linksSize; // Ignore links; just leave enough space for them. They'll be created on load.
|
||||
dtPolyDetail* navDMeshes = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<dtPolyDetail>(d, detailMeshesSize);
|
||||
float* navDVerts = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<float>(d, detailVertsSize);
|
||||
unsigned char* navDTris = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<unsigned char>(d, detailTrisSize);
|
||||
dtBVNode* navBvtree = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<dtBVNode>(d, bvTreeSize);
|
||||
dtOffMeshConnection* offMeshCons = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<dtOffMeshConnection>(d, offMeshConsSize);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Store header
|
||||
header->magic = DT_NAVMESH_MAGIC;
|
||||
header->version = DT_NAVMESH_VERSION;
|
||||
header->x = params->tileX;
|
||||
header->y = params->tileY;
|
||||
header->layer = params->tileLayer;
|
||||
header->userId = params->userId;
|
||||
header->polyCount = totPolyCount;
|
||||
header->vertCount = totVertCount;
|
||||
header->maxLinkCount = maxLinkCount;
|
||||
dtVcopy(header->bmin, params->bmin);
|
||||
dtVcopy(header->bmax, params->bmax);
|
||||
header->detailMeshCount = params->polyCount;
|
||||
header->detailVertCount = uniqueDetailVertCount;
|
||||
header->detailTriCount = detailTriCount;
|
||||
header->bvQuantFactor = 1.0f / params->cs;
|
||||
header->offMeshBase = params->polyCount;
|
||||
header->walkableHeight = params->walkableHeight;
|
||||
header->walkableRadius = params->walkableRadius;
|
||||
header->walkableClimb = params->walkableClimb;
|
||||
header->offMeshConCount = storedOffMeshConCount;
|
||||
header->bvNodeCount = params->buildBvTree ? params->polyCount*2 : 0;
|
||||
|
||||
const int offMeshVertsBase = params->vertCount;
|
||||
const int offMeshPolyBase = params->polyCount;
|
||||
|
||||
// Store vertices
|
||||
// Mesh vertices
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->vertCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const unsigned short* iv = ¶ms->verts[i*3];
|
||||
float* v = &navVerts[i*3];
|
||||
v[0] = params->bmin[0] + iv[0] * params->cs;
|
||||
v[1] = params->bmin[1] + iv[1] * params->ch;
|
||||
v[2] = params->bmin[2] + iv[2] * params->cs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Off-mesh link vertices.
|
||||
int n = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->offMeshConCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Only store connections which start from this tile.
|
||||
if (offMeshConClass[i*2+0] == 0xff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* linkv = ¶ms->offMeshConVerts[i*2*3];
|
||||
float* v = &navVerts[(offMeshVertsBase + n*2)*3];
|
||||
dtVcopy(&v[0], &linkv[0]);
|
||||
dtVcopy(&v[3], &linkv[3]);
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Store polygons
|
||||
// Mesh polys
|
||||
const unsigned short* src = params->polys;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->polyCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtPoly* p = &navPolys[i];
|
||||
p->vertCount = 0;
|
||||
p->flags = params->polyFlags[i];
|
||||
p->setArea(params->polyAreas[i]);
|
||||
p->setType(DT_POLYTYPE_GROUND);
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < nvp; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (src[j] == MESH_NULL_IDX) break;
|
||||
p->verts[j] = src[j];
|
||||
if (src[nvp+j] & 0x8000)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Border or portal edge.
|
||||
unsigned short dir = src[nvp+j] & 0xf;
|
||||
if (dir == 0xf) // Border
|
||||
p->neis[j] = 0;
|
||||
else if (dir == 0) // Portal x-
|
||||
p->neis[j] = DT_EXT_LINK | 4;
|
||||
else if (dir == 1) // Portal z+
|
||||
p->neis[j] = DT_EXT_LINK | 2;
|
||||
else if (dir == 2) // Portal x+
|
||||
p->neis[j] = DT_EXT_LINK | 0;
|
||||
else if (dir == 3) // Portal z-
|
||||
p->neis[j] = DT_EXT_LINK | 6;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Normal connection
|
||||
p->neis[j] = src[nvp+j]+1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
p->vertCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
src += nvp*2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Off-mesh connection vertices.
|
||||
n = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->offMeshConCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Only store connections which start from this tile.
|
||||
if (offMeshConClass[i*2+0] == 0xff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtPoly* p = &navPolys[offMeshPolyBase+n];
|
||||
p->vertCount = 2;
|
||||
p->verts[0] = (unsigned short)(offMeshVertsBase + n*2+0);
|
||||
p->verts[1] = (unsigned short)(offMeshVertsBase + n*2+1);
|
||||
p->flags = params->offMeshConFlags[i];
|
||||
p->setArea(params->offMeshConAreas[i]);
|
||||
p->setType(DT_POLYTYPE_OFFMESH_CONNECTION);
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Store detail meshes and vertices.
|
||||
// The nav polygon vertices are stored as the first vertices on each mesh.
|
||||
// We compress the mesh data by skipping them and using the navmesh coordinates.
|
||||
if (params->detailMeshes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned short vbase = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->polyCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtPolyDetail& dtl = navDMeshes[i];
|
||||
const int vb = (int)params->detailMeshes[i*4+0];
|
||||
const int ndv = (int)params->detailMeshes[i*4+1];
|
||||
const int nv = navPolys[i].vertCount;
|
||||
dtl.vertBase = (unsigned int)vbase;
|
||||
dtl.vertCount = (unsigned char)(ndv-nv);
|
||||
dtl.triBase = (unsigned int)params->detailMeshes[i*4+2];
|
||||
dtl.triCount = (unsigned char)params->detailMeshes[i*4+3];
|
||||
// Copy vertices except the first 'nv' verts which are equal to nav poly verts.
|
||||
if (ndv-nv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy(&navDVerts[vbase*3], ¶ms->detailVerts[(vb+nv)*3], sizeof(float)*3*(ndv-nv));
|
||||
vbase += (unsigned short)(ndv-nv);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Store triangles.
|
||||
memcpy(navDTris, params->detailTris, sizeof(unsigned char)*4*params->detailTriCount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create dummy detail mesh by triangulating polys.
|
||||
int tbase = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->polyCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtPolyDetail& dtl = navDMeshes[i];
|
||||
const int nv = navPolys[i].vertCount;
|
||||
dtl.vertBase = 0;
|
||||
dtl.vertCount = 0;
|
||||
dtl.triBase = (unsigned int)tbase;
|
||||
dtl.triCount = (unsigned char)(nv-2);
|
||||
// Triangulate polygon (local indices).
|
||||
for (int j = 2; j < nv; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char* t = &navDTris[tbase*4];
|
||||
t[0] = 0;
|
||||
t[1] = (unsigned char)(j-1);
|
||||
t[2] = (unsigned char)j;
|
||||
// Bit for each edge that belongs to poly boundary.
|
||||
t[3] = (1<<2);
|
||||
if (j == 2) t[3] |= (1<<0);
|
||||
if (j == nv-1) t[3] |= (1<<4);
|
||||
tbase++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Store and create BVtree.
|
||||
// TODO: take detail mesh into account! use byte per bbox extent?
|
||||
if (params->buildBvTree)
|
||||
{
|
||||
createBVTree(params->verts, params->vertCount, params->polys, params->polyCount,
|
||||
nvp, params->cs, params->ch, params->polyCount*2, navBvtree);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Store Off-Mesh connections.
|
||||
n = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < params->offMeshConCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Only store connections which start from this tile.
|
||||
if (offMeshConClass[i*2+0] == 0xff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtOffMeshConnection* con = &offMeshCons[n];
|
||||
con->poly = (unsigned short)(offMeshPolyBase + n);
|
||||
// Copy connection end-points.
|
||||
const float* endPts = ¶ms->offMeshConVerts[i*2*3];
|
||||
dtVcopy(&con->pos[0], &endPts[0]);
|
||||
dtVcopy(&con->pos[3], &endPts[3]);
|
||||
con->rad = params->offMeshConRad[i];
|
||||
con->flags = params->offMeshConDir[i] ? DT_OFFMESH_CON_BIDIR : 0;
|
||||
con->side = offMeshConClass[i*2+1];
|
||||
if (params->offMeshConUserID)
|
||||
con->userId = params->offMeshConUserID[i];
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dtFree(offMeshConClass);
|
||||
|
||||
*outData = data;
|
||||
*outDataSize = dataSize;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool dtNavMeshHeaderSwapEndian(unsigned char* data, const int /*dataSize*/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtMeshHeader* header = (dtMeshHeader*)data;
|
||||
|
||||
int swappedMagic = DT_NAVMESH_MAGIC;
|
||||
int swappedVersion = DT_NAVMESH_VERSION;
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&swappedMagic);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&swappedVersion);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((header->magic != DT_NAVMESH_MAGIC || header->version != DT_NAVMESH_VERSION) &&
|
||||
(header->magic != swappedMagic || header->version != swappedVersion))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->magic);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->version);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->x);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->y);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->layer);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->userId);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->polyCount);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->vertCount);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->maxLinkCount);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->detailMeshCount);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->detailVertCount);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->detailTriCount);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->bvNodeCount);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->offMeshConCount);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->offMeshBase);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->walkableHeight);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->walkableRadius);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->walkableClimb);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->bmin[0]);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->bmin[1]);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->bmin[2]);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->bmax[0]);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->bmax[1]);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->bmax[2]);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&header->bvQuantFactor);
|
||||
|
||||
// Freelist index and pointers are updated when tile is added, no need to swap.
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @warning This function assumes that the header is in the correct endianess already.
|
||||
/// Call #dtNavMeshHeaderSwapEndian() first on the data if the data is expected to be in wrong endianess
|
||||
/// to start with. Call #dtNavMeshHeaderSwapEndian() after the data has been swapped if converting from
|
||||
/// native to foreign endianess.
|
||||
bool dtNavMeshDataSwapEndian(unsigned char* data, const int /*dataSize*/)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Make sure the data is in right format.
|
||||
dtMeshHeader* header = (dtMeshHeader*)data;
|
||||
if (header->magic != DT_NAVMESH_MAGIC)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (header->version != DT_NAVMESH_VERSION)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Patch header pointers.
|
||||
const int headerSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtMeshHeader));
|
||||
const int vertsSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(float)*3*header->vertCount);
|
||||
const int polysSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtPoly)*header->polyCount);
|
||||
const int linksSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtLink)*(header->maxLinkCount));
|
||||
const int detailMeshesSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtPolyDetail)*header->detailMeshCount);
|
||||
const int detailVertsSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(float)*3*header->detailVertCount);
|
||||
const int detailTrisSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(unsigned char)*4*header->detailTriCount);
|
||||
const int bvtreeSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtBVNode)*header->bvNodeCount);
|
||||
const int offMeshLinksSize = dtAlign4(sizeof(dtOffMeshConnection)*header->offMeshConCount);
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char* d = data + headerSize;
|
||||
float* verts = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<float>(d, vertsSize);
|
||||
dtPoly* polys = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<dtPoly>(d, polysSize);
|
||||
d += linksSize; // Ignore links; they technically should be endian-swapped but all their data is overwritten on load anyway.
|
||||
//dtLink* links = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<dtLink>(d, linksSize);
|
||||
dtPolyDetail* detailMeshes = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<dtPolyDetail>(d, detailMeshesSize);
|
||||
float* detailVerts = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<float>(d, detailVertsSize);
|
||||
d += detailTrisSize; // Ignore detail tris; single bytes can't be endian-swapped.
|
||||
//unsigned char* detailTris = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<unsigned char>(d, detailTrisSize);
|
||||
dtBVNode* bvTree = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<dtBVNode>(d, bvtreeSize);
|
||||
dtOffMeshConnection* offMeshCons = dtGetThenAdvanceBufferPointer<dtOffMeshConnection>(d, offMeshLinksSize);
|
||||
|
||||
// Vertices
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < header->vertCount*3; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&verts[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Polys
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < header->polyCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtPoly* p = &polys[i];
|
||||
// poly->firstLink is update when tile is added, no need to swap.
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < DT_VERTS_PER_POLYGON; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&p->verts[j]);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&p->neis[j]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&p->flags);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Links are rebuild when tile is added, no need to swap.
|
||||
|
||||
// Detail meshes
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < header->detailMeshCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtPolyDetail* pd = &detailMeshes[i];
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&pd->vertBase);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&pd->triBase);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Detail verts
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < header->detailVertCount*3; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&detailVerts[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// BV-tree
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < header->bvNodeCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtBVNode* node = &bvTree[i];
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < 3; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&node->bmin[j]);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&node->bmax[j]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&node->i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Off-mesh Connections.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < header->offMeshConCount; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtOffMeshConnection* con = &offMeshCons[i];
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < 6; ++j)
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&con->pos[j]);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&con->rad);
|
||||
dtSwapEndian(&con->poly);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
3665
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourNavMeshQuery.cpp
Normal file
3665
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourNavMeshQuery.cpp
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
200
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourNode.cpp
Normal file
200
dep/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/DetourNode.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#include "DetourNode.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourAlloc.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourAssert.h"
|
||||
#include "DetourCommon.h"
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DT_POLYREF64
|
||||
// From Thomas Wang, https://gist.github.com/badboy/6267743
|
||||
inline unsigned int dtHashRef(dtPolyRef a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
a = (~a) + (a << 18); // a = (a << 18) - a - 1;
|
||||
a = a ^ (a >> 31);
|
||||
a = a * 21; // a = (a + (a << 2)) + (a << 4);
|
||||
a = a ^ (a >> 11);
|
||||
a = a + (a << 6);
|
||||
a = a ^ (a >> 22);
|
||||
return (unsigned int)a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
inline unsigned int dtHashRef(dtPolyRef a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
a += ~(a<<15);
|
||||
a ^= (a>>10);
|
||||
a += (a<<3);
|
||||
a ^= (a>>6);
|
||||
a += ~(a<<11);
|
||||
a ^= (a>>16);
|
||||
return (unsigned int)a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
dtNodePool::dtNodePool(int maxNodes, int hashSize) :
|
||||
m_nodes(0),
|
||||
m_first(0),
|
||||
m_next(0),
|
||||
m_maxNodes(maxNodes),
|
||||
m_hashSize(hashSize),
|
||||
m_nodeCount(0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtAssert(dtNextPow2(m_hashSize) == (unsigned int)m_hashSize);
|
||||
// pidx is special as 0 means "none" and 1 is the first node. For that reason
|
||||
// we have 1 fewer nodes available than the number of values it can contain.
|
||||
dtAssert(m_maxNodes > 0 && m_maxNodes <= DT_NULL_IDX && m_maxNodes <= (1 << DT_NODE_PARENT_BITS) - 1);
|
||||
|
||||
m_nodes = (dtNode*)dtAlloc(sizeof(dtNode)*m_maxNodes, DT_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
m_next = (dtNodeIndex*)dtAlloc(sizeof(dtNodeIndex)*m_maxNodes, DT_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
m_first = (dtNodeIndex*)dtAlloc(sizeof(dtNodeIndex)*hashSize, DT_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
|
||||
dtAssert(m_nodes);
|
||||
dtAssert(m_next);
|
||||
dtAssert(m_first);
|
||||
|
||||
memset(m_first, 0xff, sizeof(dtNodeIndex)*m_hashSize);
|
||||
memset(m_next, 0xff, sizeof(dtNodeIndex)*m_maxNodes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dtNodePool::~dtNodePool()
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtFree(m_nodes);
|
||||
dtFree(m_next);
|
||||
dtFree(m_first);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void dtNodePool::clear()
|
||||
{
|
||||
memset(m_first, 0xff, sizeof(dtNodeIndex)*m_hashSize);
|
||||
m_nodeCount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int dtNodePool::findNodes(dtPolyRef id, dtNode** nodes, const int maxNodes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int n = 0;
|
||||
unsigned int bucket = dtHashRef(id) & (m_hashSize-1);
|
||||
dtNodeIndex i = m_first[bucket];
|
||||
while (i != DT_NULL_IDX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_nodes[i].id == id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (n >= maxNodes)
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
nodes[n++] = &m_nodes[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
i = m_next[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dtNode* dtNodePool::findNode(dtPolyRef id, unsigned char state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int bucket = dtHashRef(id) & (m_hashSize-1);
|
||||
dtNodeIndex i = m_first[bucket];
|
||||
while (i != DT_NULL_IDX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_nodes[i].id == id && m_nodes[i].state == state)
|
||||
return &m_nodes[i];
|
||||
i = m_next[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dtNode* dtNodePool::getNode(dtPolyRef id, unsigned char state)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int bucket = dtHashRef(id) & (m_hashSize-1);
|
||||
dtNodeIndex i = m_first[bucket];
|
||||
dtNode* node = 0;
|
||||
while (i != DT_NULL_IDX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_nodes[i].id == id && m_nodes[i].state == state)
|
||||
return &m_nodes[i];
|
||||
i = m_next[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_nodeCount >= m_maxNodes)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
i = (dtNodeIndex)m_nodeCount;
|
||||
m_nodeCount++;
|
||||
|
||||
// Init node
|
||||
node = &m_nodes[i];
|
||||
node->pidx = 0;
|
||||
node->cost = 0;
|
||||
node->total = 0;
|
||||
node->id = id;
|
||||
node->state = state;
|
||||
node->flags = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_next[i] = m_first[bucket];
|
||||
m_first[bucket] = i;
|
||||
|
||||
return node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
dtNodeQueue::dtNodeQueue(int n) :
|
||||
m_heap(0),
|
||||
m_capacity(n),
|
||||
m_size(0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtAssert(m_capacity > 0);
|
||||
|
||||
m_heap = (dtNode**)dtAlloc(sizeof(dtNode*)*(m_capacity+1), DT_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
dtAssert(m_heap);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dtNodeQueue::~dtNodeQueue()
|
||||
{
|
||||
dtFree(m_heap);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void dtNodeQueue::bubbleUp(int i, dtNode* node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int parent = (i-1)/2;
|
||||
// note: (index > 0) means there is a parent
|
||||
while ((i > 0) && (m_heap[parent]->total > node->total))
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_heap[i] = m_heap[parent];
|
||||
i = parent;
|
||||
parent = (i-1)/2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_heap[i] = node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void dtNodeQueue::trickleDown(int i, dtNode* node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int child = (i*2)+1;
|
||||
while (child < m_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (((child+1) < m_size) &&
|
||||
(m_heap[child]->total > m_heap[child+1]->total))
|
||||
{
|
||||
child++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_heap[i] = m_heap[child];
|
||||
i = child;
|
||||
child = (i*2)+1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
bubbleUp(i, node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
18
dep/recastnavigation/License.txt
Normal file
18
dep/recastnavigation/License.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2009 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
|
||||
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
|
||||
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
37
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/CMakeLists.txt
Normal file
37
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/CMakeLists.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 2008-2015 TrinityCore <http://www.trinitycore.org/>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives
|
||||
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
|
||||
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
|
||||
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the
|
||||
# implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
|
||||
set(Recast_STAT_SRCS
|
||||
Source/Recast.cpp
|
||||
Source/RecastAlloc.cpp
|
||||
Source/RecastArea.cpp
|
||||
Source/RecastContour.cpp
|
||||
Source/RecastFilter.cpp
|
||||
Source/RecastLayers.cpp
|
||||
Source/RecastMesh.cpp
|
||||
Source/RecastMeshDetail.cpp
|
||||
Source/RecastRasterization.cpp
|
||||
Source/RecastRegion.cpp
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
add_library(Recast STATIC ${Recast_STAT_SRCS})
|
||||
|
||||
target_include_directories(Recast
|
||||
PUBLIC
|
||||
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/Include)
|
||||
|
||||
target_link_libraries(Recast
|
||||
PUBLIC
|
||||
zlib)
|
||||
|
||||
set_target_properties(Recast
|
||||
PROPERTIES
|
||||
FOLDER
|
||||
"dep")
|
||||
1200
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Include/Recast.h
Normal file
1200
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Include/Recast.h
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
146
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Include/RecastAlloc.h
Normal file
146
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Include/RecastAlloc.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef RECASTALLOC_H
|
||||
#define RECASTALLOC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Provides hint values to the memory allocator on how long the
|
||||
/// memory is expected to be used.
|
||||
enum rcAllocHint
|
||||
{
|
||||
RC_ALLOC_PERM, ///< Memory will persist after a function call.
|
||||
RC_ALLOC_TEMP ///< Memory used temporarily within a function.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A memory allocation function.
|
||||
// @param[in] size The size, in bytes of memory, to allocate.
|
||||
// @param[in] rcAllocHint A hint to the allocator on how long the memory is expected to be in use.
|
||||
// @return A pointer to the beginning of the allocated memory block, or null if the allocation failed.
|
||||
/// @see rcAllocSetCustom
|
||||
typedef void* (rcAllocFunc)(size_t size, rcAllocHint hint);
|
||||
|
||||
/// A memory deallocation function.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ptr A pointer to a memory block previously allocated using #rcAllocFunc.
|
||||
/// @see rcAllocSetCustom
|
||||
typedef void (rcFreeFunc)(void* ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the base custom allocation functions to be used by Recast.
|
||||
/// @param[in] allocFunc The memory allocation function to be used by #rcAlloc
|
||||
/// @param[in] freeFunc The memory de-allocation function to be used by #rcFree
|
||||
void rcAllocSetCustom(rcAllocFunc *allocFunc, rcFreeFunc *freeFunc);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Allocates a memory block.
|
||||
/// @param[in] size The size, in bytes of memory, to allocate.
|
||||
/// @param[in] hint A hint to the allocator on how long the memory is expected to be in use.
|
||||
/// @return A pointer to the beginning of the allocated memory block, or null if the allocation failed.
|
||||
/// @see rcFree
|
||||
void* rcAlloc(size_t size, rcAllocHint hint);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Deallocates a memory block.
|
||||
/// @param[in] ptr A pointer to a memory block previously allocated using #rcAlloc.
|
||||
/// @see rcAlloc
|
||||
void rcFree(void* ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// A simple dynamic array of integers.
|
||||
class rcIntArray
|
||||
{
|
||||
int* m_data;
|
||||
int m_size, m_cap;
|
||||
|
||||
void doResize(int n);
|
||||
|
||||
// Explicitly disabled copy constructor and copy assignment operator.
|
||||
rcIntArray(const rcIntArray&);
|
||||
rcIntArray& operator=(const rcIntArray&);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Constructs an instance with an initial array size of zero.
|
||||
rcIntArray() : m_data(0), m_size(0), m_cap(0) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructs an instance initialized to the specified size.
|
||||
/// @param[in] n The initial size of the integer array.
|
||||
rcIntArray(int n) : m_data(0), m_size(0), m_cap(0) { resize(n); }
|
||||
~rcIntArray() { rcFree(m_data); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Specifies the new size of the integer array.
|
||||
/// @param[in] n The new size of the integer array.
|
||||
void resize(int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (n > m_cap)
|
||||
doResize(n);
|
||||
|
||||
m_size = n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Push the specified integer onto the end of the array and increases the size by one.
|
||||
/// @param[in] item The new value.
|
||||
void push(int item) { resize(m_size+1); m_data[m_size-1] = item; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the value at the end of the array and reduces the size by one.
|
||||
/// @return The value at the end of the array.
|
||||
int pop()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_size > 0)
|
||||
m_size--;
|
||||
|
||||
return m_data[m_size];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The value at the specified array index.
|
||||
/// @warning Does not provide overflow protection.
|
||||
/// @param[in] i The index of the value.
|
||||
const int& operator[](int i) const { return m_data[i]; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The value at the specified array index.
|
||||
/// @warning Does not provide overflow protection.
|
||||
/// @param[in] i The index of the value.
|
||||
int& operator[](int i) { return m_data[i]; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The current size of the integer array.
|
||||
int size() const { return m_size; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// A simple helper class used to delete an array when it goes out of scope.
|
||||
/// @note This class is rarely if ever used by the end user.
|
||||
template<class T> class rcScopedDelete
|
||||
{
|
||||
T* ptr;
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructs an instance with a null pointer.
|
||||
inline rcScopedDelete() : ptr(0) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Constructs an instance with the specified pointer.
|
||||
/// @param[in] p An pointer to an allocated array.
|
||||
inline rcScopedDelete(T* p) : ptr(p) {}
|
||||
inline ~rcScopedDelete() { rcFree(ptr); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// The root array pointer.
|
||||
/// @return The root array pointer.
|
||||
inline operator T*() { return ptr; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// Explicitly disabled copy constructor and copy assignment operator.
|
||||
rcScopedDelete(const rcScopedDelete&);
|
||||
rcScopedDelete& operator=(const rcScopedDelete&);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
33
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Include/RecastAssert.h
Normal file
33
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Include/RecastAssert.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef RECASTASSERT_H
|
||||
#define RECASTASSERT_H
|
||||
|
||||
// Note: This header file's only purpose is to include define assert.
|
||||
// Feel free to change the file and include your own implementation instead.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NDEBUG
|
||||
// From http://cnicholson.net/2009/02/stupid-c-tricks-adventures-in-assert/
|
||||
# define rcAssert(x) do { (void)sizeof(x); } while((void)(__LINE__==-1),false)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <assert.h>
|
||||
# define rcAssert assert
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // RECASTASSERT_H
|
||||
504
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/Recast.cpp
Normal file
504
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/Recast.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#include <float.h>
|
||||
#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include <new>
|
||||
#include "Recast.h"
|
||||
#include "RecastAlloc.h"
|
||||
#include "RecastAssert.h"
|
||||
|
||||
float rcSqrt(float x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sqrtf(x);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @class rcContext
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This class does not provide logging or timer functionality on its
|
||||
/// own. Both must be provided by a concrete implementation
|
||||
/// by overriding the protected member functions. Also, this class does not
|
||||
/// provide an interface for extracting log messages. (Only adding them.)
|
||||
/// So concrete implementations must provide one.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If no logging or timers are required, just pass an instance of this
|
||||
/// class through the Recast build process.
|
||||
///
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Example:
|
||||
/// @code
|
||||
/// // Where ctx is an instance of rcContext and filepath is a char array.
|
||||
/// ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "buildTiledNavigation: Could not load '%s'", filepath);
|
||||
/// @endcode
|
||||
void rcContext::log(const rcLogCategory category, const char* format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_logEnabled)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
static const int MSG_SIZE = 512;
|
||||
char msg[MSG_SIZE];
|
||||
va_list ap;
|
||||
va_start(ap, format);
|
||||
int len = vsnprintf(msg, MSG_SIZE, format, ap);
|
||||
if (len >= MSG_SIZE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
len = MSG_SIZE-1;
|
||||
msg[MSG_SIZE-1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
va_end(ap);
|
||||
doLog(category, msg, len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rcHeightfield* rcAllocHeightfield()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return new (rcAlloc(sizeof(rcHeightfield), RC_ALLOC_PERM)) rcHeightfield;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rcHeightfield::rcHeightfield()
|
||||
: width()
|
||||
, height()
|
||||
, bmin()
|
||||
, bmax()
|
||||
, cs()
|
||||
, ch()
|
||||
, spans()
|
||||
, pools()
|
||||
, freelist()
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rcHeightfield::~rcHeightfield()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Delete span array.
|
||||
rcFree(spans);
|
||||
// Delete span pools.
|
||||
while (pools)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcSpanPool* next = pools->next;
|
||||
rcFree(pools);
|
||||
pools = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void rcFreeHeightField(rcHeightfield* hf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!hf) return;
|
||||
hf->~rcHeightfield();
|
||||
rcFree(hf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rcCompactHeightfield* rcAllocCompactHeightfield()
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcCompactHeightfield* chf = (rcCompactHeightfield*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcCompactHeightfield), RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
memset(chf, 0, sizeof(rcCompactHeightfield));
|
||||
return chf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void rcFreeCompactHeightfield(rcCompactHeightfield* chf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!chf) return;
|
||||
rcFree(chf->cells);
|
||||
rcFree(chf->spans);
|
||||
rcFree(chf->dist);
|
||||
rcFree(chf->areas);
|
||||
rcFree(chf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rcHeightfieldLayerSet* rcAllocHeightfieldLayerSet()
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcHeightfieldLayerSet* lset = (rcHeightfieldLayerSet*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcHeightfieldLayerSet), RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
memset(lset, 0, sizeof(rcHeightfieldLayerSet));
|
||||
return lset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void rcFreeHeightfieldLayerSet(rcHeightfieldLayerSet* lset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lset) return;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < lset->nlayers; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcFree(lset->layers[i].heights);
|
||||
rcFree(lset->layers[i].areas);
|
||||
rcFree(lset->layers[i].cons);
|
||||
}
|
||||
rcFree(lset->layers);
|
||||
rcFree(lset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
rcContourSet* rcAllocContourSet()
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcContourSet* cset = (rcContourSet*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcContourSet), RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
memset(cset, 0, sizeof(rcContourSet));
|
||||
return cset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void rcFreeContourSet(rcContourSet* cset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!cset) return;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < cset->nconts; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcFree(cset->conts[i].verts);
|
||||
rcFree(cset->conts[i].rverts);
|
||||
}
|
||||
rcFree(cset->conts);
|
||||
rcFree(cset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rcPolyMesh* rcAllocPolyMesh()
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcPolyMesh* pmesh = (rcPolyMesh*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcPolyMesh), RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
memset(pmesh, 0, sizeof(rcPolyMesh));
|
||||
return pmesh;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void rcFreePolyMesh(rcPolyMesh* pmesh)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!pmesh) return;
|
||||
rcFree(pmesh->verts);
|
||||
rcFree(pmesh->polys);
|
||||
rcFree(pmesh->regs);
|
||||
rcFree(pmesh->flags);
|
||||
rcFree(pmesh->areas);
|
||||
rcFree(pmesh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rcPolyMeshDetail* rcAllocPolyMeshDetail()
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcPolyMeshDetail* dmesh = (rcPolyMeshDetail*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcPolyMeshDetail), RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
memset(dmesh, 0, sizeof(rcPolyMeshDetail));
|
||||
return dmesh;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void rcFreePolyMeshDetail(rcPolyMeshDetail* dmesh)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!dmesh) return;
|
||||
rcFree(dmesh->meshes);
|
||||
rcFree(dmesh->verts);
|
||||
rcFree(dmesh->tris);
|
||||
rcFree(dmesh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void rcCalcBounds(const float* verts, int nv, float* bmin, float* bmax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Calculate bounding box.
|
||||
rcVcopy(bmin, verts);
|
||||
rcVcopy(bmax, verts);
|
||||
for (int i = 1; i < nv; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* v = &verts[i*3];
|
||||
rcVmin(bmin, v);
|
||||
rcVmax(bmax, v);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void rcCalcGridSize(const float* bmin, const float* bmax, float cs, int* w, int* h)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*w = (int)((bmax[0] - bmin[0])/cs+0.5f);
|
||||
*h = (int)((bmax[2] - bmin[2])/cs+0.5f);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the #rcConfig documentation for more information on the configuration parameters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcAllocHeightfield, rcHeightfield
|
||||
bool rcCreateHeightfield(rcContext* ctx, rcHeightfield& hf, int width, int height,
|
||||
const float* bmin, const float* bmax,
|
||||
float cs, float ch)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcIgnoreUnused(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
hf.width = width;
|
||||
hf.height = height;
|
||||
rcVcopy(hf.bmin, bmin);
|
||||
rcVcopy(hf.bmax, bmax);
|
||||
hf.cs = cs;
|
||||
hf.ch = ch;
|
||||
hf.spans = (rcSpan**)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcSpan*)*hf.width*hf.height, RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
if (!hf.spans)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
memset(hf.spans, 0, sizeof(rcSpan*)*hf.width*hf.height);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void calcTriNormal(const float* v0, const float* v1, const float* v2, float* norm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float e0[3], e1[3];
|
||||
rcVsub(e0, v1, v0);
|
||||
rcVsub(e1, v2, v0);
|
||||
rcVcross(norm, e0, e1);
|
||||
rcVnormalize(norm);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Only sets the area id's for the walkable triangles. Does not alter the
|
||||
/// area id's for unwalkable triangles.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the #rcConfig documentation for more information on the configuration parameters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcHeightfield, rcClearUnwalkableTriangles, rcRasterizeTriangles
|
||||
void rcMarkWalkableTriangles(rcContext* ctx, const float walkableSlopeAngle,
|
||||
const float* verts, int nv,
|
||||
const int* tris, int nt,
|
||||
unsigned char* areas)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcIgnoreUnused(ctx);
|
||||
rcIgnoreUnused(nv);
|
||||
|
||||
const float walkableThr = cosf(walkableSlopeAngle/180.0f*RC_PI);
|
||||
|
||||
float norm[3];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nt; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int* tri = &tris[i*3];
|
||||
calcTriNormal(&verts[tri[0]*3], &verts[tri[1]*3], &verts[tri[2]*3], norm);
|
||||
// Check if the face is walkable.
|
||||
if (norm[1] > walkableThr)
|
||||
areas[i] = RC_WALKABLE_AREA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Only sets the area id's for the unwalkable triangles. Does not alter the
|
||||
/// area id's for walkable triangles.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the #rcConfig documentation for more information on the configuration parameters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcHeightfield, rcClearUnwalkableTriangles, rcRasterizeTriangles
|
||||
void rcClearUnwalkableTriangles(rcContext* ctx, const float walkableSlopeAngle,
|
||||
const float* verts, int /*nv*/,
|
||||
const int* tris, int nt,
|
||||
unsigned char* areas)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcIgnoreUnused(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
const float walkableThr = cosf(walkableSlopeAngle/180.0f*RC_PI);
|
||||
|
||||
float norm[3];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nt; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int* tri = &tris[i*3];
|
||||
calcTriNormal(&verts[tri[0]*3], &verts[tri[1]*3], &verts[tri[2]*3], norm);
|
||||
// Check if the face is walkable.
|
||||
if (norm[1] <= walkableThr)
|
||||
areas[i] = RC_NULL_AREA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int rcGetHeightFieldSpanCount(rcContext* ctx, rcHeightfield& hf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcIgnoreUnused(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
const int w = hf.width;
|
||||
const int h = hf.height;
|
||||
int spanCount = 0;
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (rcSpan* s = hf.spans[x + y*w]; s; s = s->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (s->area != RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
spanCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return spanCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This is just the beginning of the process of fully building a compact heightfield.
|
||||
/// Various filters may be applied, then the distance field and regions built.
|
||||
/// E.g: #rcBuildDistanceField and #rcBuildRegions
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the #rcConfig documentation for more information on the configuration parameters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcAllocCompactHeightfield, rcHeightfield, rcCompactHeightfield, rcConfig
|
||||
bool rcBuildCompactHeightfield(rcContext* ctx, const int walkableHeight, const int walkableClimb,
|
||||
rcHeightfield& hf, rcCompactHeightfield& chf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_BUILD_COMPACTHEIGHTFIELD);
|
||||
|
||||
const int w = hf.width;
|
||||
const int h = hf.height;
|
||||
const int spanCount = rcGetHeightFieldSpanCount(ctx, hf);
|
||||
|
||||
// Fill in header.
|
||||
chf.width = w;
|
||||
chf.height = h;
|
||||
chf.spanCount = spanCount;
|
||||
chf.walkableHeight = walkableHeight;
|
||||
chf.walkableClimb = walkableClimb;
|
||||
chf.maxRegions = 0;
|
||||
rcVcopy(chf.bmin, hf.bmin);
|
||||
rcVcopy(chf.bmax, hf.bmax);
|
||||
chf.bmax[1] += walkableHeight*hf.ch;
|
||||
chf.cs = hf.cs;
|
||||
chf.ch = hf.ch;
|
||||
chf.cells = (rcCompactCell*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcCompactCell)*w*h, RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
if (!chf.cells)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildCompactHeightfield: Out of memory 'chf.cells' (%d)", w*h);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(chf.cells, 0, sizeof(rcCompactCell)*w*h);
|
||||
chf.spans = (rcCompactSpan*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcCompactSpan)*spanCount, RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
if (!chf.spans)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildCompactHeightfield: Out of memory 'chf.spans' (%d)", spanCount);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(chf.spans, 0, sizeof(rcCompactSpan)*spanCount);
|
||||
chf.areas = (unsigned char*)rcAlloc(sizeof(unsigned char)*spanCount, RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
if (!chf.areas)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildCompactHeightfield: Out of memory 'chf.areas' (%d)", spanCount);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(chf.areas, RC_NULL_AREA, sizeof(unsigned char)*spanCount);
|
||||
|
||||
const int MAX_HEIGHT = 0xffff;
|
||||
|
||||
// Fill in cells and spans.
|
||||
int idx = 0;
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcSpan* s = hf.spans[x + y*w];
|
||||
// If there are no spans at this cell, just leave the data to index=0, count=0.
|
||||
if (!s) continue;
|
||||
rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+y*w];
|
||||
c.index = idx;
|
||||
c.count = 0;
|
||||
while (s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (s->area != RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int bot = (int)s->smax;
|
||||
const int top = s->next ? (int)s->next->smin : MAX_HEIGHT;
|
||||
chf.spans[idx].y = (unsigned short)rcClamp(bot, 0, 0xffff);
|
||||
chf.spans[idx].h = (unsigned char)rcClamp(top - bot, 0, 0xff);
|
||||
chf.areas[idx] = s->area;
|
||||
idx++;
|
||||
c.count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
s = s->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find neighbour connections.
|
||||
const int MAX_LAYERS = RC_NOT_CONNECTED-1;
|
||||
int tooHighNeighbour = 0;
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+y*w];
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[i];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int dir = 0; dir < 4; ++dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcSetCon(s, dir, RC_NOT_CONNECTED);
|
||||
const int nx = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(dir);
|
||||
const int ny = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(dir);
|
||||
// First check that the neighbour cell is in bounds.
|
||||
if (nx < 0 || ny < 0 || nx >= w || ny >= h)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Iterate over all neighbour spans and check if any of the is
|
||||
// accessible from current cell.
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& nc = chf.cells[nx+ny*w];
|
||||
for (int k = (int)nc.index, nk = (int)(nc.index+nc.count); k < nk; ++k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& ns = chf.spans[k];
|
||||
const int bot = rcMax(s.y, ns.y);
|
||||
const int top = rcMin(s.y+s.h, ns.y+ns.h);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check that the gap between the spans is walkable,
|
||||
// and that the climb height between the gaps is not too high.
|
||||
if ((top - bot) >= walkableHeight && rcAbs((int)ns.y - (int)s.y) <= walkableClimb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Mark direction as walkable.
|
||||
const int lidx = k - (int)nc.index;
|
||||
if (lidx < 0 || lidx > MAX_LAYERS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tooHighNeighbour = rcMax(tooHighNeighbour, lidx);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rcSetCon(s, dir, lidx);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (tooHighNeighbour > MAX_LAYERS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildCompactHeightfield: Heightfield has too many layers %d (max: %d)",
|
||||
tooHighNeighbour, MAX_LAYERS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
static int getHeightfieldMemoryUsage(const rcHeightfield& hf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int size = 0;
|
||||
size += sizeof(hf);
|
||||
size += hf.width * hf.height * sizeof(rcSpan*);
|
||||
|
||||
rcSpanPool* pool = hf.pools;
|
||||
while (pool)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size += (sizeof(rcSpanPool) - sizeof(rcSpan)) + sizeof(rcSpan)*RC_SPANS_PER_POOL;
|
||||
pool = pool->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int getCompactHeightFieldMemoryusage(const rcCompactHeightfield& chf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int size = 0;
|
||||
size += sizeof(rcCompactHeightfield);
|
||||
size += sizeof(rcCompactSpan) * chf.spanCount;
|
||||
size += sizeof(rcCompactCell) * chf.width * chf.height;
|
||||
return size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
86
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastAlloc.cpp
Normal file
86
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastAlloc.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include "RecastAlloc.h"
|
||||
#include "RecastAssert.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static void *rcAllocDefault(size_t size, rcAllocHint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return malloc(size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void rcFreeDefault(void *ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free(ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static rcAllocFunc* sRecastAllocFunc = rcAllocDefault;
|
||||
static rcFreeFunc* sRecastFreeFunc = rcFreeDefault;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see rcAlloc, rcFree
|
||||
void rcAllocSetCustom(rcAllocFunc *allocFunc, rcFreeFunc *freeFunc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sRecastAllocFunc = allocFunc ? allocFunc : rcAllocDefault;
|
||||
sRecastFreeFunc = freeFunc ? freeFunc : rcFreeDefault;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @see rcAllocSetCustom
|
||||
void* rcAlloc(size_t size, rcAllocHint hint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return sRecastAllocFunc(size, hint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @warning This function leaves the value of @p ptr unchanged. So it still
|
||||
/// points to the same (now invalid) location, and not to null.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcAllocSetCustom
|
||||
void rcFree(void* ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ptr)
|
||||
sRecastFreeFunc(ptr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @class rcIntArray
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// While it is possible to pre-allocate a specific array size during
|
||||
/// construction or by using the #resize method, certain methods will
|
||||
/// automatically resize the array as needed.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @warning The array memory is not initialized to zero when the size is
|
||||
/// manually set during construction or when using #resize.
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Using this method ensures the array is at least large enough to hold
|
||||
/// the specified number of elements. This can improve performance by
|
||||
/// avoiding auto-resizing during use.
|
||||
void rcIntArray::doResize(int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_cap) m_cap = n;
|
||||
while (m_cap < n) m_cap *= 2;
|
||||
int* newData = (int*)rcAlloc(m_cap*sizeof(int), RC_ALLOC_TEMP);
|
||||
rcAssert(newData);
|
||||
if (m_size && newData) memcpy(newData, m_data, m_size*sizeof(int));
|
||||
rcFree(m_data);
|
||||
m_data = newData;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
591
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastArea.cpp
Normal file
591
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastArea.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#include <float.h>
|
||||
#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include "Recast.h"
|
||||
#include "RecastAlloc.h"
|
||||
#include "RecastAssert.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Basically, any spans that are closer to a boundary or obstruction than the specified radius
|
||||
/// are marked as unwalkable.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This method is usually called immediately after the heightfield has been built.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcCompactHeightfield, rcBuildCompactHeightfield, rcConfig::walkableRadius
|
||||
bool rcErodeWalkableArea(rcContext* ctx, int radius, rcCompactHeightfield& chf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
const int w = chf.width;
|
||||
const int h = chf.height;
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_ERODE_AREA);
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char* dist = (unsigned char*)rcAlloc(sizeof(unsigned char)*chf.spanCount, RC_ALLOC_TEMP);
|
||||
if (!dist)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "erodeWalkableArea: Out of memory 'dist' (%d).", chf.spanCount);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Init distance.
|
||||
memset(dist, 0xff, sizeof(unsigned char)*chf.spanCount);
|
||||
|
||||
// Mark boundary cells.
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+y*w];
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (chf.areas[i] == RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dist[i] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[i];
|
||||
int nc = 0;
|
||||
for (int dir = 0; dir < 4; ++dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(s, dir) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int nx = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(dir);
|
||||
const int ny = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(dir);
|
||||
const int nidx = (int)chf.cells[nx+ny*w].index + rcGetCon(s, dir);
|
||||
if (chf.areas[nidx] != RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
nc++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// At least one missing neighbour.
|
||||
if (nc != 4)
|
||||
dist[i] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char nd;
|
||||
|
||||
// Pass 1
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+y*w];
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[i];
|
||||
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(s, 0) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// (-1,0)
|
||||
const int ax = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(0);
|
||||
const int ay = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(0);
|
||||
const int ai = (int)chf.cells[ax+ay*w].index + rcGetCon(s, 0);
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& as = chf.spans[ai];
|
||||
nd = (unsigned char)rcMin((int)dist[ai]+2, 255);
|
||||
if (nd < dist[i])
|
||||
dist[i] = nd;
|
||||
|
||||
// (-1,-1)
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(as, 3) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int aax = ax + rcGetDirOffsetX(3);
|
||||
const int aay = ay + rcGetDirOffsetY(3);
|
||||
const int aai = (int)chf.cells[aax+aay*w].index + rcGetCon(as, 3);
|
||||
nd = (unsigned char)rcMin((int)dist[aai]+3, 255);
|
||||
if (nd < dist[i])
|
||||
dist[i] = nd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(s, 3) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// (0,-1)
|
||||
const int ax = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(3);
|
||||
const int ay = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(3);
|
||||
const int ai = (int)chf.cells[ax+ay*w].index + rcGetCon(s, 3);
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& as = chf.spans[ai];
|
||||
nd = (unsigned char)rcMin((int)dist[ai]+2, 255);
|
||||
if (nd < dist[i])
|
||||
dist[i] = nd;
|
||||
|
||||
// (1,-1)
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(as, 2) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int aax = ax + rcGetDirOffsetX(2);
|
||||
const int aay = ay + rcGetDirOffsetY(2);
|
||||
const int aai = (int)chf.cells[aax+aay*w].index + rcGetCon(as, 2);
|
||||
nd = (unsigned char)rcMin((int)dist[aai]+3, 255);
|
||||
if (nd < dist[i])
|
||||
dist[i] = nd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Pass 2
|
||||
for (int y = h-1; y >= 0; --y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = w-1; x >= 0; --x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+y*w];
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[i];
|
||||
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(s, 2) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// (1,0)
|
||||
const int ax = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(2);
|
||||
const int ay = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(2);
|
||||
const int ai = (int)chf.cells[ax+ay*w].index + rcGetCon(s, 2);
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& as = chf.spans[ai];
|
||||
nd = (unsigned char)rcMin((int)dist[ai]+2, 255);
|
||||
if (nd < dist[i])
|
||||
dist[i] = nd;
|
||||
|
||||
// (1,1)
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(as, 1) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int aax = ax + rcGetDirOffsetX(1);
|
||||
const int aay = ay + rcGetDirOffsetY(1);
|
||||
const int aai = (int)chf.cells[aax+aay*w].index + rcGetCon(as, 1);
|
||||
nd = (unsigned char)rcMin((int)dist[aai]+3, 255);
|
||||
if (nd < dist[i])
|
||||
dist[i] = nd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(s, 1) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// (0,1)
|
||||
const int ax = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(1);
|
||||
const int ay = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(1);
|
||||
const int ai = (int)chf.cells[ax+ay*w].index + rcGetCon(s, 1);
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& as = chf.spans[ai];
|
||||
nd = (unsigned char)rcMin((int)dist[ai]+2, 255);
|
||||
if (nd < dist[i])
|
||||
dist[i] = nd;
|
||||
|
||||
// (-1,1)
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(as, 0) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int aax = ax + rcGetDirOffsetX(0);
|
||||
const int aay = ay + rcGetDirOffsetY(0);
|
||||
const int aai = (int)chf.cells[aax+aay*w].index + rcGetCon(as, 0);
|
||||
nd = (unsigned char)rcMin((int)dist[aai]+3, 255);
|
||||
if (nd < dist[i])
|
||||
dist[i] = nd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const unsigned char thr = (unsigned char)(radius*2);
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < chf.spanCount; ++i)
|
||||
if (dist[i] < thr)
|
||||
chf.areas[i] = RC_NULL_AREA;
|
||||
|
||||
rcFree(dist);
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void insertSort(unsigned char* a, const int n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, j;
|
||||
for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const unsigned char value = a[i];
|
||||
for (j = i - 1; j >= 0 && a[j] > value; j--)
|
||||
a[j+1] = a[j];
|
||||
a[j+1] = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This filter is usually applied after applying area id's using functions
|
||||
/// such as #rcMarkBoxArea, #rcMarkConvexPolyArea, and #rcMarkCylinderArea.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcCompactHeightfield
|
||||
bool rcMedianFilterWalkableArea(rcContext* ctx, rcCompactHeightfield& chf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
const int w = chf.width;
|
||||
const int h = chf.height;
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_MEDIAN_AREA);
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char* areas = (unsigned char*)rcAlloc(sizeof(unsigned char)*chf.spanCount, RC_ALLOC_TEMP);
|
||||
if (!areas)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "medianFilterWalkableArea: Out of memory 'areas' (%d).", chf.spanCount);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Init distance.
|
||||
memset(areas, 0xff, sizeof(unsigned char)*chf.spanCount);
|
||||
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+y*w];
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[i];
|
||||
if (chf.areas[i] == RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
areas[i] = chf.areas[i];
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char nei[9];
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < 9; ++j)
|
||||
nei[j] = chf.areas[i];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int dir = 0; dir < 4; ++dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(s, dir) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int ax = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(dir);
|
||||
const int ay = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(dir);
|
||||
const int ai = (int)chf.cells[ax+ay*w].index + rcGetCon(s, dir);
|
||||
if (chf.areas[ai] != RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
nei[dir*2+0] = chf.areas[ai];
|
||||
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& as = chf.spans[ai];
|
||||
const int dir2 = (dir+1) & 0x3;
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(as, dir2) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int ax2 = ax + rcGetDirOffsetX(dir2);
|
||||
const int ay2 = ay + rcGetDirOffsetY(dir2);
|
||||
const int ai2 = (int)chf.cells[ax2+ay2*w].index + rcGetCon(as, dir2);
|
||||
if (chf.areas[ai2] != RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
nei[dir*2+1] = chf.areas[ai2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
insertSort(nei, 9);
|
||||
areas[i] = nei[4];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(chf.areas, areas, sizeof(unsigned char)*chf.spanCount);
|
||||
|
||||
rcFree(areas);
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The value of spacial parameters are in world units.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcCompactHeightfield, rcMedianFilterWalkableArea
|
||||
void rcMarkBoxArea(rcContext* ctx, const float* bmin, const float* bmax, unsigned char areaId,
|
||||
rcCompactHeightfield& chf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_MARK_BOX_AREA);
|
||||
|
||||
int minx = (int)((bmin[0]-chf.bmin[0])/chf.cs);
|
||||
int miny = (int)((bmin[1]-chf.bmin[1])/chf.ch);
|
||||
int minz = (int)((bmin[2]-chf.bmin[2])/chf.cs);
|
||||
int maxx = (int)((bmax[0]-chf.bmin[0])/chf.cs);
|
||||
int maxy = (int)((bmax[1]-chf.bmin[1])/chf.ch);
|
||||
int maxz = (int)((bmax[2]-chf.bmin[2])/chf.cs);
|
||||
|
||||
if (maxx < 0) return;
|
||||
if (minx >= chf.width) return;
|
||||
if (maxz < 0) return;
|
||||
if (minz >= chf.height) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (minx < 0) minx = 0;
|
||||
if (maxx >= chf.width) maxx = chf.width-1;
|
||||
if (minz < 0) minz = 0;
|
||||
if (maxz >= chf.height) maxz = chf.height-1;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int z = minz; z <= maxz; ++z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = minx; x <= maxx; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+z*chf.width];
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[i];
|
||||
if ((int)s.y >= miny && (int)s.y <= maxy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (chf.areas[i] != RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
chf.areas[i] = areaId;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int pointInPoly(int nvert, const float* verts, const float* p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, j, c = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0, j = nvert-1; i < nvert; j = i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* vi = &verts[i*3];
|
||||
const float* vj = &verts[j*3];
|
||||
if (((vi[2] > p[2]) != (vj[2] > p[2])) &&
|
||||
(p[0] < (vj[0]-vi[0]) * (p[2]-vi[2]) / (vj[2]-vi[2]) + vi[0]) )
|
||||
c = !c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The value of spacial parameters are in world units.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The y-values of the polygon vertices are ignored. So the polygon is effectively
|
||||
/// projected onto the xz-plane at @p hmin, then extruded to @p hmax.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcCompactHeightfield, rcMedianFilterWalkableArea
|
||||
void rcMarkConvexPolyArea(rcContext* ctx, const float* verts, const int nverts,
|
||||
const float hmin, const float hmax, unsigned char areaId,
|
||||
rcCompactHeightfield& chf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_MARK_CONVEXPOLY_AREA);
|
||||
|
||||
float bmin[3], bmax[3];
|
||||
rcVcopy(bmin, verts);
|
||||
rcVcopy(bmax, verts);
|
||||
for (int i = 1; i < nverts; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcVmin(bmin, &verts[i*3]);
|
||||
rcVmax(bmax, &verts[i*3]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
bmin[1] = hmin;
|
||||
bmax[1] = hmax;
|
||||
|
||||
int minx = (int)((bmin[0]-chf.bmin[0])/chf.cs);
|
||||
int miny = (int)((bmin[1]-chf.bmin[1])/chf.ch);
|
||||
int minz = (int)((bmin[2]-chf.bmin[2])/chf.cs);
|
||||
int maxx = (int)((bmax[0]-chf.bmin[0])/chf.cs);
|
||||
int maxy = (int)((bmax[1]-chf.bmin[1])/chf.ch);
|
||||
int maxz = (int)((bmax[2]-chf.bmin[2])/chf.cs);
|
||||
|
||||
if (maxx < 0) return;
|
||||
if (minx >= chf.width) return;
|
||||
if (maxz < 0) return;
|
||||
if (minz >= chf.height) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (minx < 0) minx = 0;
|
||||
if (maxx >= chf.width) maxx = chf.width-1;
|
||||
if (minz < 0) minz = 0;
|
||||
if (maxz >= chf.height) maxz = chf.height-1;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: Optimize.
|
||||
for (int z = minz; z <= maxz; ++z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = minx; x <= maxx; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+z*chf.width];
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[i];
|
||||
if (chf.areas[i] == RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if ((int)s.y >= miny && (int)s.y <= maxy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float p[3];
|
||||
p[0] = chf.bmin[0] + (x+0.5f)*chf.cs;
|
||||
p[1] = 0;
|
||||
p[2] = chf.bmin[2] + (z+0.5f)*chf.cs;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pointInPoly(nverts, verts, p))
|
||||
{
|
||||
chf.areas[i] = areaId;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int rcOffsetPoly(const float* verts, const int nverts, const float offset,
|
||||
float* outVerts, const int maxOutVerts)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float MITER_LIMIT = 1.20f;
|
||||
|
||||
int n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nverts; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int a = (i+nverts-1) % nverts;
|
||||
const int b = i;
|
||||
const int c = (i+1) % nverts;
|
||||
const float* va = &verts[a*3];
|
||||
const float* vb = &verts[b*3];
|
||||
const float* vc = &verts[c*3];
|
||||
float dx0 = vb[0] - va[0];
|
||||
float dy0 = vb[2] - va[2];
|
||||
float d0 = dx0*dx0 + dy0*dy0;
|
||||
if (d0 > 1e-6f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
d0 = 1.0f/rcSqrt(d0);
|
||||
dx0 *= d0;
|
||||
dy0 *= d0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
float dx1 = vc[0] - vb[0];
|
||||
float dy1 = vc[2] - vb[2];
|
||||
float d1 = dx1*dx1 + dy1*dy1;
|
||||
if (d1 > 1e-6f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
d1 = 1.0f/rcSqrt(d1);
|
||||
dx1 *= d1;
|
||||
dy1 *= d1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
const float dlx0 = -dy0;
|
||||
const float dly0 = dx0;
|
||||
const float dlx1 = -dy1;
|
||||
const float dly1 = dx1;
|
||||
float cross = dx1*dy0 - dx0*dy1;
|
||||
float dmx = (dlx0 + dlx1) * 0.5f;
|
||||
float dmy = (dly0 + dly1) * 0.5f;
|
||||
float dmr2 = dmx*dmx + dmy*dmy;
|
||||
bool bevel = dmr2 * MITER_LIMIT*MITER_LIMIT < 1.0f;
|
||||
if (dmr2 > 1e-6f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
|
||||
dmx *= scale;
|
||||
dmy *= scale;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (bevel && cross < 0.0f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (n+2 >= maxOutVerts)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
float d = (1.0f - (dx0*dx1 + dy0*dy1))*0.5f;
|
||||
outVerts[n*3+0] = vb[0] + (-dlx0+dx0*d)*offset;
|
||||
outVerts[n*3+1] = vb[1];
|
||||
outVerts[n*3+2] = vb[2] + (-dly0+dy0*d)*offset;
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
outVerts[n*3+0] = vb[0] + (-dlx1-dx1*d)*offset;
|
||||
outVerts[n*3+1] = vb[1];
|
||||
outVerts[n*3+2] = vb[2] + (-dly1-dy1*d)*offset;
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (n+1 >= maxOutVerts)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
outVerts[n*3+0] = vb[0] - dmx*offset;
|
||||
outVerts[n*3+1] = vb[1];
|
||||
outVerts[n*3+2] = vb[2] - dmy*offset;
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The value of spacial parameters are in world units.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcCompactHeightfield, rcMedianFilterWalkableArea
|
||||
void rcMarkCylinderArea(rcContext* ctx, const float* pos,
|
||||
const float r, const float h, unsigned char areaId,
|
||||
rcCompactHeightfield& chf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_MARK_CYLINDER_AREA);
|
||||
|
||||
float bmin[3], bmax[3];
|
||||
bmin[0] = pos[0] - r;
|
||||
bmin[1] = pos[1];
|
||||
bmin[2] = pos[2] - r;
|
||||
bmax[0] = pos[0] + r;
|
||||
bmax[1] = pos[1] + h;
|
||||
bmax[2] = pos[2] + r;
|
||||
const float r2 = r*r;
|
||||
|
||||
int minx = (int)((bmin[0]-chf.bmin[0])/chf.cs);
|
||||
int miny = (int)((bmin[1]-chf.bmin[1])/chf.ch);
|
||||
int minz = (int)((bmin[2]-chf.bmin[2])/chf.cs);
|
||||
int maxx = (int)((bmax[0]-chf.bmin[0])/chf.cs);
|
||||
int maxy = (int)((bmax[1]-chf.bmin[1])/chf.ch);
|
||||
int maxz = (int)((bmax[2]-chf.bmin[2])/chf.cs);
|
||||
|
||||
if (maxx < 0) return;
|
||||
if (minx >= chf.width) return;
|
||||
if (maxz < 0) return;
|
||||
if (minz >= chf.height) return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (minx < 0) minx = 0;
|
||||
if (maxx >= chf.width) maxx = chf.width-1;
|
||||
if (minz < 0) minz = 0;
|
||||
if (maxz >= chf.height) maxz = chf.height-1;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
for (int z = minz; z <= maxz; ++z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = minx; x <= maxx; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+z*chf.width];
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[i];
|
||||
|
||||
if (chf.areas[i] == RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((int)s.y >= miny && (int)s.y <= maxy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float sx = chf.bmin[0] + (x+0.5f)*chf.cs;
|
||||
const float sz = chf.bmin[2] + (z+0.5f)*chf.cs;
|
||||
const float dx = sx - pos[0];
|
||||
const float dz = sz - pos[2];
|
||||
|
||||
if (dx*dx + dz*dz < r2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
chf.areas[i] = areaId;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
1105
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastContour.cpp
Normal file
1105
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastContour.cpp
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
202
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastFilter.cpp
Normal file
202
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastFilter.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include "Recast.h"
|
||||
#include "RecastAssert.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Allows the formation of walkable regions that will flow over low lying
|
||||
/// objects such as curbs, and up structures such as stairways.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Two neighboring spans are walkable if: <tt>rcAbs(currentSpan.smax - neighborSpan.smax) < waklableClimb</tt>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @warning Will override the effect of #rcFilterLedgeSpans. So if both filters are used, call
|
||||
/// #rcFilterLedgeSpans after calling this filter.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcHeightfield, rcConfig
|
||||
void rcFilterLowHangingWalkableObstacles(rcContext* ctx, const int walkableClimb, rcHeightfield& solid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_FILTER_LOW_OBSTACLES);
|
||||
|
||||
const int w = solid.width;
|
||||
const int h = solid.height;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcSpan* ps = 0;
|
||||
bool previousWalkable = false;
|
||||
unsigned char previousArea = RC_NULL_AREA;
|
||||
|
||||
for (rcSpan* s = solid.spans[x + y*w]; s; ps = s, s = s->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const bool walkable = s->area != RC_NULL_AREA;
|
||||
// If current span is not walkable, but there is walkable
|
||||
// span just below it, mark the span above it walkable too.
|
||||
if (!walkable && previousWalkable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (rcAbs((int)s->smax - (int)ps->smax) <= walkableClimb)
|
||||
s->area = previousArea;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Copy walkable flag so that it cannot propagate
|
||||
// past multiple non-walkable objects.
|
||||
previousWalkable = walkable;
|
||||
previousArea = s->area;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A ledge is a span with one or more neighbors whose maximum is further away than @p walkableClimb
|
||||
/// from the current span's maximum.
|
||||
/// This method removes the impact of the overestimation of conservative voxelization
|
||||
/// so the resulting mesh will not have regions hanging in the air over ledges.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A span is a ledge if: <tt>rcAbs(currentSpan.smax - neighborSpan.smax) > walkableClimb</tt>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcHeightfield, rcConfig
|
||||
void rcFilterLedgeSpans(rcContext* ctx, const int walkableHeight, const int walkableClimb,
|
||||
rcHeightfield& solid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_FILTER_BORDER);
|
||||
|
||||
const int w = solid.width;
|
||||
const int h = solid.height;
|
||||
const int MAX_HEIGHT = 0xffff;
|
||||
|
||||
// Mark border spans.
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (rcSpan* s = solid.spans[x + y*w]; s; s = s->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Skip non walkable spans.
|
||||
if (s->area == RC_NULL_AREA)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
const int bot = (int)(s->smax);
|
||||
const int top = s->next ? (int)(s->next->smin) : MAX_HEIGHT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find neighbours minimum height.
|
||||
int minh = MAX_HEIGHT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Min and max height of accessible neighbours.
|
||||
int asmin = s->smax;
|
||||
int asmax = s->smax;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int dir = 0; dir < 4; ++dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int dx = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(dir);
|
||||
int dy = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(dir);
|
||||
// Skip neighbours which are out of bounds.
|
||||
if (dx < 0 || dy < 0 || dx >= w || dy >= h)
|
||||
{
|
||||
minh = rcMin(minh, -walkableClimb - bot);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// From minus infinity to the first span.
|
||||
rcSpan* ns = solid.spans[dx + dy*w];
|
||||
int nbot = -walkableClimb;
|
||||
int ntop = ns ? (int)ns->smin : MAX_HEIGHT;
|
||||
// Skip neightbour if the gap between the spans is too small.
|
||||
if (rcMin(top,ntop) - rcMax(bot,nbot) > walkableHeight)
|
||||
minh = rcMin(minh, nbot - bot);
|
||||
|
||||
// Rest of the spans.
|
||||
for (ns = solid.spans[dx + dy*w]; ns; ns = ns->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
nbot = (int)ns->smax;
|
||||
ntop = ns->next ? (int)ns->next->smin : MAX_HEIGHT;
|
||||
// Skip neightbour if the gap between the spans is too small.
|
||||
if (rcMin(top,ntop) - rcMax(bot,nbot) > walkableHeight)
|
||||
{
|
||||
minh = rcMin(minh, nbot - bot);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find min/max accessible neighbour height.
|
||||
if (rcAbs(nbot - bot) <= walkableClimb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (nbot < asmin) asmin = nbot;
|
||||
if (nbot > asmax) asmax = nbot;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// The current span is close to a ledge if the drop to any
|
||||
// neighbour span is less than the walkableClimb.
|
||||
if (minh < -walkableClimb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s->area = RC_NULL_AREA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If the difference between all neighbours is too large,
|
||||
// we are at steep slope, mark the span as ledge.
|
||||
else if ((asmax - asmin) > walkableClimb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s->area = RC_NULL_AREA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// For this filter, the clearance above the span is the distance from the span's
|
||||
/// maximum to the next higher span's minimum. (Same grid column.)
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcHeightfield, rcConfig
|
||||
void rcFilterWalkableLowHeightSpans(rcContext* ctx, int walkableHeight, rcHeightfield& solid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_FILTER_WALKABLE);
|
||||
|
||||
const int w = solid.width;
|
||||
const int h = solid.height;
|
||||
const int MAX_HEIGHT = 0xffff;
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove walkable flag from spans which do not have enough
|
||||
// space above them for the agent to stand there.
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (rcSpan* s = solid.spans[x + y*w]; s; s = s->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int bot = (int)(s->smax);
|
||||
const int top = s->next ? (int)(s->next->smin) : MAX_HEIGHT;
|
||||
if ((top - bot) <= walkableHeight)
|
||||
s->area = RC_NULL_AREA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
644
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastLayers.cpp
Normal file
644
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastLayers.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#include <float.h>
|
||||
#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include "Recast.h"
|
||||
#include "RecastAlloc.h"
|
||||
#include "RecastAssert.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Must be 255 or smaller (not 256) because layer IDs are stored as
|
||||
// a byte where 255 is a special value.
|
||||
static const int RC_MAX_LAYERS = 63;
|
||||
static const int RC_MAX_NEIS = 16;
|
||||
|
||||
struct rcLayerRegion
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char layers[RC_MAX_LAYERS];
|
||||
unsigned char neis[RC_MAX_NEIS];
|
||||
unsigned short ymin, ymax;
|
||||
unsigned char layerId; // Layer ID
|
||||
unsigned char nlayers; // Layer count
|
||||
unsigned char nneis; // Neighbour count
|
||||
unsigned char base; // Flag indicating if the region is the base of merged regions.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static bool contains(const unsigned char* a, const unsigned char an, const unsigned char v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int n = (int)an;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a[i] == v)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool addUnique(unsigned char* a, unsigned char& an, int anMax, unsigned char v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (contains(a, an, v))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((int)an >= anMax)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
a[an] = v;
|
||||
an++;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool overlapRange(const unsigned short amin, const unsigned short amax,
|
||||
const unsigned short bmin, const unsigned short bmax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (amin > bmax || amax < bmin) ? false : true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct rcLayerSweepSpan
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned short ns; // number samples
|
||||
unsigned char id; // region id
|
||||
unsigned char nei; // neighbour id
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the #rcConfig documentation for more information on the configuration parameters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcAllocHeightfieldLayerSet, rcCompactHeightfield, rcHeightfieldLayerSet, rcConfig
|
||||
bool rcBuildHeightfieldLayers(rcContext* ctx, rcCompactHeightfield& chf,
|
||||
const int borderSize, const int walkableHeight,
|
||||
rcHeightfieldLayerSet& lset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_BUILD_LAYERS);
|
||||
|
||||
const int w = chf.width;
|
||||
const int h = chf.height;
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedDelete<unsigned char> srcReg((unsigned char*)rcAlloc(sizeof(unsigned char)*chf.spanCount, RC_ALLOC_TEMP));
|
||||
if (!srcReg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: Out of memory 'srcReg' (%d).", chf.spanCount);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(srcReg,0xff,sizeof(unsigned char)*chf.spanCount);
|
||||
|
||||
const int nsweeps = chf.width;
|
||||
rcScopedDelete<rcLayerSweepSpan> sweeps((rcLayerSweepSpan*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcLayerSweepSpan)*nsweeps, RC_ALLOC_TEMP));
|
||||
if (!sweeps)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: Out of memory 'sweeps' (%d).", nsweeps);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Partition walkable area into monotone regions.
|
||||
int prevCount[256];
|
||||
unsigned char regId = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int y = borderSize; y < h-borderSize; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memset(prevCount,0,sizeof(int)*regId);
|
||||
unsigned char sweepId = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int x = borderSize; x < w-borderSize; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+y*w];
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[i];
|
||||
if (chf.areas[i] == RC_NULL_AREA) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char sid = 0xff;
|
||||
|
||||
// -x
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(s, 0) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int ax = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(0);
|
||||
const int ay = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(0);
|
||||
const int ai = (int)chf.cells[ax+ay*w].index + rcGetCon(s, 0);
|
||||
if (chf.areas[ai] != RC_NULL_AREA && srcReg[ai] != 0xff)
|
||||
sid = srcReg[ai];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (sid == 0xff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sid = sweepId++;
|
||||
sweeps[sid].nei = 0xff;
|
||||
sweeps[sid].ns = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// -y
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(s,3) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int ax = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(3);
|
||||
const int ay = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(3);
|
||||
const int ai = (int)chf.cells[ax+ay*w].index + rcGetCon(s, 3);
|
||||
const unsigned char nr = srcReg[ai];
|
||||
if (nr != 0xff)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Set neighbour when first valid neighbour is encoutered.
|
||||
if (sweeps[sid].ns == 0)
|
||||
sweeps[sid].nei = nr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (sweeps[sid].nei == nr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Update existing neighbour
|
||||
sweeps[sid].ns++;
|
||||
prevCount[nr]++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// This is hit if there is nore than one neighbour.
|
||||
// Invalidate the neighbour.
|
||||
sweeps[sid].nei = 0xff;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
srcReg[i] = sid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Create unique ID.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < sweepId; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// If the neighbour is set and there is only one continuous connection to it,
|
||||
// the sweep will be merged with the previous one, else new region is created.
|
||||
if (sweeps[i].nei != 0xff && prevCount[sweeps[i].nei] == (int)sweeps[i].ns)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sweeps[i].id = sweeps[i].nei;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (regId == 255)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: Region ID overflow.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sweeps[i].id = regId++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Remap local sweep ids to region ids.
|
||||
for (int x = borderSize; x < w-borderSize; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+y*w];
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (srcReg[i] != 0xff)
|
||||
srcReg[i] = sweeps[srcReg[i]].id;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate and init layer regions.
|
||||
const int nregs = (int)regId;
|
||||
rcScopedDelete<rcLayerRegion> regs((rcLayerRegion*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcLayerRegion)*nregs, RC_ALLOC_TEMP));
|
||||
if (!regs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: Out of memory 'regs' (%d).", nregs);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(regs, 0, sizeof(rcLayerRegion)*nregs);
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nregs; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
regs[i].layerId = 0xff;
|
||||
regs[i].ymin = 0xffff;
|
||||
regs[i].ymax = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find region neighbours and overlapping regions.
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < h; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < w; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[x+y*w];
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char lregs[RC_MAX_LAYERS];
|
||||
int nlregs = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = (int)c.index, ni = (int)(c.index+c.count); i < ni; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[i];
|
||||
const unsigned char ri = srcReg[i];
|
||||
if (ri == 0xff) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
regs[ri].ymin = rcMin(regs[ri].ymin, s.y);
|
||||
regs[ri].ymax = rcMax(regs[ri].ymax, s.y);
|
||||
|
||||
// Collect all region layers.
|
||||
if (nlregs < RC_MAX_LAYERS)
|
||||
lregs[nlregs++] = ri;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update neighbours
|
||||
for (int dir = 0; dir < 4; ++dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(s, dir) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int ax = x + rcGetDirOffsetX(dir);
|
||||
const int ay = y + rcGetDirOffsetY(dir);
|
||||
const int ai = (int)chf.cells[ax+ay*w].index + rcGetCon(s, dir);
|
||||
const unsigned char rai = srcReg[ai];
|
||||
if (rai != 0xff && rai != ri)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Don't check return value -- if we cannot add the neighbor
|
||||
// it will just cause a few more regions to be created, which
|
||||
// is fine.
|
||||
addUnique(regs[ri].neis, regs[ri].nneis, RC_MAX_NEIS, rai);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Update overlapping regions.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nlregs-1; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int j = i+1; j < nlregs; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lregs[i] != lregs[j])
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcLayerRegion& ri = regs[lregs[i]];
|
||||
rcLayerRegion& rj = regs[lregs[j]];
|
||||
|
||||
if (!addUnique(ri.layers, ri.nlayers, RC_MAX_LAYERS, lregs[j]) ||
|
||||
!addUnique(rj.layers, rj.nlayers, RC_MAX_LAYERS, lregs[i]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: layer overflow (too many overlapping walkable platforms). Try increasing RC_MAX_LAYERS.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Create 2D layers from regions.
|
||||
unsigned char layerId = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
static const int MAX_STACK = 64;
|
||||
unsigned char stack[MAX_STACK];
|
||||
int nstack = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nregs; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcLayerRegion& root = regs[i];
|
||||
// Skip already visited.
|
||||
if (root.layerId != 0xff)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Start search.
|
||||
root.layerId = layerId;
|
||||
root.base = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
nstack = 0;
|
||||
stack[nstack++] = (unsigned char)i;
|
||||
|
||||
while (nstack)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Pop front
|
||||
rcLayerRegion& reg = regs[stack[0]];
|
||||
nstack--;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < nstack; ++j)
|
||||
stack[j] = stack[j+1];
|
||||
|
||||
const int nneis = (int)reg.nneis;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < nneis; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const unsigned char nei = reg.neis[j];
|
||||
rcLayerRegion& regn = regs[nei];
|
||||
// Skip already visited.
|
||||
if (regn.layerId != 0xff)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Skip if the neighbour is overlapping root region.
|
||||
if (contains(root.layers, root.nlayers, nei))
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Skip if the height range would become too large.
|
||||
const int ymin = rcMin(root.ymin, regn.ymin);
|
||||
const int ymax = rcMax(root.ymax, regn.ymax);
|
||||
if ((ymax - ymin) >= 255)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nstack < MAX_STACK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Deepen
|
||||
stack[nstack++] = (unsigned char)nei;
|
||||
|
||||
// Mark layer id
|
||||
regn.layerId = layerId;
|
||||
// Merge current layers to root.
|
||||
for (int k = 0; k < regn.nlayers; ++k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!addUnique(root.layers, root.nlayers, RC_MAX_LAYERS, regn.layers[k]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: layer overflow (too many overlapping walkable platforms). Try increasing RC_MAX_LAYERS.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
root.ymin = rcMin(root.ymin, regn.ymin);
|
||||
root.ymax = rcMax(root.ymax, regn.ymax);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
layerId++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Merge non-overlapping regions that are close in height.
|
||||
const unsigned short mergeHeight = (unsigned short)walkableHeight * 4;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nregs; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcLayerRegion& ri = regs[i];
|
||||
if (!ri.base) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char newId = ri.layerId;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char oldId = 0xff;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < nregs; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (i == j) continue;
|
||||
rcLayerRegion& rj = regs[j];
|
||||
if (!rj.base) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Skip if the regions are not close to each other.
|
||||
if (!overlapRange(ri.ymin,ri.ymax+mergeHeight, rj.ymin,rj.ymax+mergeHeight))
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Skip if the height range would become too large.
|
||||
const int ymin = rcMin(ri.ymin, rj.ymin);
|
||||
const int ymax = rcMax(ri.ymax, rj.ymax);
|
||||
if ((ymax - ymin) >= 255)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure that there is no overlap when merging 'ri' and 'rj'.
|
||||
bool overlap = false;
|
||||
// Iterate over all regions which have the same layerId as 'rj'
|
||||
for (int k = 0; k < nregs; ++k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (regs[k].layerId != rj.layerId)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Check if region 'k' is overlapping region 'ri'
|
||||
// Index to 'regs' is the same as region id.
|
||||
if (contains(ri.layers,ri.nlayers, (unsigned char)k))
|
||||
{
|
||||
overlap = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Cannot merge of regions overlap.
|
||||
if (overlap)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Can merge i and j.
|
||||
oldId = rj.layerId;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Could not find anything to merge with, stop.
|
||||
if (oldId == 0xff)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
// Merge
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < nregs; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcLayerRegion& rj = regs[j];
|
||||
if (rj.layerId == oldId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rj.base = 0;
|
||||
// Remap layerIds.
|
||||
rj.layerId = newId;
|
||||
// Add overlaid layers from 'rj' to 'ri'.
|
||||
for (int k = 0; k < rj.nlayers; ++k)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!addUnique(ri.layers, ri.nlayers, RC_MAX_LAYERS, rj.layers[k]))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: layer overflow (too many overlapping walkable platforms). Try increasing RC_MAX_LAYERS.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Update height bounds.
|
||||
ri.ymin = rcMin(ri.ymin, rj.ymin);
|
||||
ri.ymax = rcMax(ri.ymax, rj.ymax);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Compact layerIds
|
||||
unsigned char remap[256];
|
||||
memset(remap, 0, 256);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find number of unique layers.
|
||||
layerId = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nregs; ++i)
|
||||
remap[regs[i].layerId] = 1;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (remap[i])
|
||||
remap[i] = layerId++;
|
||||
else
|
||||
remap[i] = 0xff;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Remap ids.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nregs; ++i)
|
||||
regs[i].layerId = remap[regs[i].layerId];
|
||||
|
||||
// No layers, return empty.
|
||||
if (layerId == 0)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create layers.
|
||||
rcAssert(lset.layers == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
const int lw = w - borderSize*2;
|
||||
const int lh = h - borderSize*2;
|
||||
|
||||
// Build contracted bbox for layers.
|
||||
float bmin[3], bmax[3];
|
||||
rcVcopy(bmin, chf.bmin);
|
||||
rcVcopy(bmax, chf.bmax);
|
||||
bmin[0] += borderSize*chf.cs;
|
||||
bmin[2] += borderSize*chf.cs;
|
||||
bmax[0] -= borderSize*chf.cs;
|
||||
bmax[2] -= borderSize*chf.cs;
|
||||
|
||||
lset.nlayers = (int)layerId;
|
||||
|
||||
lset.layers = (rcHeightfieldLayer*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcHeightfieldLayer)*lset.nlayers, RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
if (!lset.layers)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: Out of memory 'layers' (%d).", lset.nlayers);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(lset.layers, 0, sizeof(rcHeightfieldLayer)*lset.nlayers);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Store layers.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < lset.nlayers; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char curId = (unsigned char)i;
|
||||
|
||||
rcHeightfieldLayer* layer = &lset.layers[i];
|
||||
|
||||
const int gridSize = sizeof(unsigned char)*lw*lh;
|
||||
|
||||
layer->heights = (unsigned char*)rcAlloc(gridSize, RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
if (!layer->heights)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: Out of memory 'heights' (%d).", gridSize);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(layer->heights, 0xff, gridSize);
|
||||
|
||||
layer->areas = (unsigned char*)rcAlloc(gridSize, RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
if (!layer->areas)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: Out of memory 'areas' (%d).", gridSize);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(layer->areas, 0, gridSize);
|
||||
|
||||
layer->cons = (unsigned char*)rcAlloc(gridSize, RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
if (!layer->cons)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcBuildHeightfieldLayers: Out of memory 'cons' (%d).", gridSize);
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(layer->cons, 0, gridSize);
|
||||
|
||||
// Find layer height bounds.
|
||||
int hmin = 0, hmax = 0;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < nregs; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (regs[j].base && regs[j].layerId == curId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hmin = (int)regs[j].ymin;
|
||||
hmax = (int)regs[j].ymax;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
layer->width = lw;
|
||||
layer->height = lh;
|
||||
layer->cs = chf.cs;
|
||||
layer->ch = chf.ch;
|
||||
|
||||
// Adjust the bbox to fit the heightfield.
|
||||
rcVcopy(layer->bmin, bmin);
|
||||
rcVcopy(layer->bmax, bmax);
|
||||
layer->bmin[1] = bmin[1] + hmin*chf.ch;
|
||||
layer->bmax[1] = bmin[1] + hmax*chf.ch;
|
||||
layer->hmin = hmin;
|
||||
layer->hmax = hmax;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update usable data region.
|
||||
layer->minx = layer->width;
|
||||
layer->maxx = 0;
|
||||
layer->miny = layer->height;
|
||||
layer->maxy = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Copy height and area from compact heightfield.
|
||||
for (int y = 0; y < lh; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int x = 0; x < lw; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int cx = borderSize+x;
|
||||
const int cy = borderSize+y;
|
||||
const rcCompactCell& c = chf.cells[cx+cy*w];
|
||||
for (int j = (int)c.index, nj = (int)(c.index+c.count); j < nj; ++j)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& s = chf.spans[j];
|
||||
// Skip unassigned regions.
|
||||
if (srcReg[j] == 0xff)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
// Skip of does nto belong to current layer.
|
||||
unsigned char lid = regs[srcReg[j]].layerId;
|
||||
if (lid != curId)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update data bounds.
|
||||
layer->minx = rcMin(layer->minx, x);
|
||||
layer->maxx = rcMax(layer->maxx, x);
|
||||
layer->miny = rcMin(layer->miny, y);
|
||||
layer->maxy = rcMax(layer->maxy, y);
|
||||
|
||||
// Store height and area type.
|
||||
const int idx = x+y*lw;
|
||||
layer->heights[idx] = (unsigned char)(s.y - hmin);
|
||||
layer->areas[idx] = chf.areas[j];
|
||||
|
||||
// Check connection.
|
||||
unsigned char portal = 0;
|
||||
unsigned char con = 0;
|
||||
for (int dir = 0; dir < 4; ++dir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (rcGetCon(s, dir) != RC_NOT_CONNECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int ax = cx + rcGetDirOffsetX(dir);
|
||||
const int ay = cy + rcGetDirOffsetY(dir);
|
||||
const int ai = (int)chf.cells[ax+ay*w].index + rcGetCon(s, dir);
|
||||
unsigned char alid = srcReg[ai] != 0xff ? regs[srcReg[ai]].layerId : 0xff;
|
||||
// Portal mask
|
||||
if (chf.areas[ai] != RC_NULL_AREA && lid != alid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
portal |= (unsigned char)(1<<dir);
|
||||
// Update height so that it matches on both sides of the portal.
|
||||
const rcCompactSpan& as = chf.spans[ai];
|
||||
if (as.y > hmin)
|
||||
layer->heights[idx] = rcMax(layer->heights[idx], (unsigned char)(as.y - hmin));
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Valid connection mask
|
||||
if (chf.areas[ai] != RC_NULL_AREA && lid == alid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int nx = ax - borderSize;
|
||||
const int ny = ay - borderSize;
|
||||
if (nx >= 0 && ny >= 0 && nx < lw && ny < lh)
|
||||
con |= (unsigned char)(1<<dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
layer->cons[idx] = (portal << 4) | con;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (layer->minx > layer->maxx)
|
||||
layer->minx = layer->maxx = 0;
|
||||
if (layer->miny > layer->maxy)
|
||||
layer->miny = layer->maxy = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
1552
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastMesh.cpp
Normal file
1552
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastMesh.cpp
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1462
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastMeshDetail.cpp
Normal file
1462
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastMeshDetail.cpp
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
454
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastRasterization.cpp
Normal file
454
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastRasterization.cpp
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Mikko Mononen memon@inside.org
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
|
||||
// warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
|
||||
// arising from the use of this software.
|
||||
// Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
|
||||
// including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
|
||||
// freely, subject to the following restrictions:
|
||||
// 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
||||
// claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
|
||||
// in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
|
||||
// appreciated but is not required.
|
||||
// 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
||||
// misrepresented as being the original software.
|
||||
// 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include "Recast.h"
|
||||
#include "RecastAlloc.h"
|
||||
#include "RecastAssert.h"
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool overlapBounds(const float* amin, const float* amax, const float* bmin, const float* bmax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool overlap = true;
|
||||
overlap = (amin[0] > bmax[0] || amax[0] < bmin[0]) ? false : overlap;
|
||||
overlap = (amin[1] > bmax[1] || amax[1] < bmin[1]) ? false : overlap;
|
||||
overlap = (amin[2] > bmax[2] || amax[2] < bmin[2]) ? false : overlap;
|
||||
return overlap;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline bool overlapInterval(unsigned short amin, unsigned short amax,
|
||||
unsigned short bmin, unsigned short bmax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (amax < bmin) return false;
|
||||
if (amin > bmax) return false;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static rcSpan* allocSpan(rcHeightfield& hf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// If running out of memory, allocate new page and update the freelist.
|
||||
if (!hf.freelist || !hf.freelist->next)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create new page.
|
||||
// Allocate memory for the new pool.
|
||||
rcSpanPool* pool = (rcSpanPool*)rcAlloc(sizeof(rcSpanPool), RC_ALLOC_PERM);
|
||||
if (!pool) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Add the pool into the list of pools.
|
||||
pool->next = hf.pools;
|
||||
hf.pools = pool;
|
||||
// Add new items to the free list.
|
||||
rcSpan* freelist = hf.freelist;
|
||||
rcSpan* head = &pool->items[0];
|
||||
rcSpan* it = &pool->items[RC_SPANS_PER_POOL];
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
--it;
|
||||
it->next = freelist;
|
||||
freelist = it;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (it != head);
|
||||
hf.freelist = it;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Pop item from in front of the free list.
|
||||
rcSpan* it = hf.freelist;
|
||||
hf.freelist = hf.freelist->next;
|
||||
return it;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void freeSpan(rcHeightfield& hf, rcSpan* ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!ptr) return;
|
||||
// Add the node in front of the free list.
|
||||
ptr->next = hf.freelist;
|
||||
hf.freelist = ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool addSpan(rcHeightfield& hf, const int x, const int y,
|
||||
const unsigned short smin, const unsigned short smax,
|
||||
const unsigned char area, const int flagMergeThr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
int idx = x + y*hf.width;
|
||||
|
||||
rcSpan* s = allocSpan(hf);
|
||||
if (!s)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
s->smin = smin;
|
||||
s->smax = smax;
|
||||
s->area = area;
|
||||
s->next = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Empty cell, add the first span.
|
||||
if (!hf.spans[idx])
|
||||
{
|
||||
hf.spans[idx] = s;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rcSpan* prev = 0;
|
||||
rcSpan* cur = hf.spans[idx];
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert and merge spans.
|
||||
while (cur)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (cur->smin > s->smax)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Current span is further than the new span, break.
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (cur->smax < s->smin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Current span is before the new span advance.
|
||||
prev = cur;
|
||||
cur = cur->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Merge flags.
|
||||
if (rcAbs((int)s->smax - (int)cur->smax) <= flagMergeThr)
|
||||
s->area = rcMax(s->area, cur->area);
|
||||
|
||||
// Merge spans.
|
||||
if (cur->smin < s->smin)
|
||||
s->smin = cur->smin;
|
||||
if (cur->smax > s->smax)
|
||||
s->smax = cur->smax;
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove current span.
|
||||
rcSpan* next = cur->next;
|
||||
freeSpan(hf, cur);
|
||||
if (prev)
|
||||
prev->next = next;
|
||||
else
|
||||
hf.spans[idx] = next;
|
||||
cur = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert new span.
|
||||
if (prev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s->next = prev->next;
|
||||
prev->next = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
s->next = hf.spans[idx];
|
||||
hf.spans[idx] = s;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The span addition can be set to favor flags. If the span is merged to
|
||||
/// another span and the new @p smax is within @p flagMergeThr units
|
||||
/// from the existing span, the span flags are merged.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcHeightfield, rcSpan.
|
||||
bool rcAddSpan(rcContext* ctx, rcHeightfield& hf, const int x, const int y,
|
||||
const unsigned short smin, const unsigned short smax,
|
||||
const unsigned char area, const int flagMergeThr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!addSpan(hf, x, y, smin, smax, area, flagMergeThr))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcAddSpan: Out of memory.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// divides a convex polygons into two convex polygons on both sides of a line
|
||||
static void dividePoly(const float* in, int nin,
|
||||
float* out1, int* nout1,
|
||||
float* out2, int* nout2,
|
||||
float x, int axis)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float d[12];
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nin; ++i)
|
||||
d[i] = x - in[i*3+axis];
|
||||
|
||||
int m = 0, n = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0, j = nin-1; i < nin; j=i, ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool ina = d[j] >= 0;
|
||||
bool inb = d[i] >= 0;
|
||||
if (ina != inb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float s = d[j] / (d[j] - d[i]);
|
||||
out1[m*3+0] = in[j*3+0] + (in[i*3+0] - in[j*3+0])*s;
|
||||
out1[m*3+1] = in[j*3+1] + (in[i*3+1] - in[j*3+1])*s;
|
||||
out1[m*3+2] = in[j*3+2] + (in[i*3+2] - in[j*3+2])*s;
|
||||
rcVcopy(out2 + n*3, out1 + m*3);
|
||||
m++;
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
// add the i'th point to the right polygon. Do NOT add points that are on the dividing line
|
||||
// since these were already added above
|
||||
if (d[i] > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcVcopy(out1 + m*3, in + i*3);
|
||||
m++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (d[i] < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcVcopy(out2 + n*3, in + i*3);
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // same side
|
||||
{
|
||||
// add the i'th point to the right polygon. Addition is done even for points on the dividing line
|
||||
if (d[i] >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcVcopy(out1 + m*3, in + i*3);
|
||||
m++;
|
||||
if (d[i] != 0)
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rcVcopy(out2 + n*3, in + i*3);
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*nout1 = m;
|
||||
*nout2 = n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static bool rasterizeTri(const float* v0, const float* v1, const float* v2,
|
||||
const unsigned char area, rcHeightfield& hf,
|
||||
const float* bmin, const float* bmax,
|
||||
const float cs, const float ics, const float ich,
|
||||
const int flagMergeThr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const int w = hf.width;
|
||||
const int h = hf.height;
|
||||
float tmin[3], tmax[3];
|
||||
const float by = bmax[1] - bmin[1];
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate the bounding box of the triangle.
|
||||
rcVcopy(tmin, v0);
|
||||
rcVcopy(tmax, v0);
|
||||
rcVmin(tmin, v1);
|
||||
rcVmin(tmin, v2);
|
||||
rcVmax(tmax, v1);
|
||||
rcVmax(tmax, v2);
|
||||
|
||||
// If the triangle does not touch the bbox of the heightfield, skip the triagle.
|
||||
if (!overlapBounds(bmin, bmax, tmin, tmax))
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate the footprint of the triangle on the grid's y-axis
|
||||
int y0 = (int)((tmin[2] - bmin[2])*ics);
|
||||
int y1 = (int)((tmax[2] - bmin[2])*ics);
|
||||
y0 = rcClamp(y0, 0, h-1);
|
||||
y1 = rcClamp(y1, 0, h-1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Clip the triangle into all grid cells it touches.
|
||||
float buf[7*3*4];
|
||||
float *in = buf, *inrow = buf+7*3, *p1 = inrow+7*3, *p2 = p1+7*3;
|
||||
|
||||
rcVcopy(&in[0], v0);
|
||||
rcVcopy(&in[1*3], v1);
|
||||
rcVcopy(&in[2*3], v2);
|
||||
int nvrow, nvIn = 3;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int y = y0; y <= y1; ++y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Clip polygon to row. Store the remaining polygon as well
|
||||
const float cz = bmin[2] + y*cs;
|
||||
dividePoly(in, nvIn, inrow, &nvrow, p1, &nvIn, cz+cs, 2);
|
||||
rcSwap(in, p1);
|
||||
if (nvrow < 3) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// find the horizontal bounds in the row
|
||||
float minX = inrow[0], maxX = inrow[0];
|
||||
for (int i=1; i<nvrow; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (minX > inrow[i*3]) minX = inrow[i*3];
|
||||
if (maxX < inrow[i*3]) maxX = inrow[i*3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
int x0 = (int)((minX - bmin[0])*ics);
|
||||
int x1 = (int)((maxX - bmin[0])*ics);
|
||||
x0 = rcClamp(x0, 0, w-1);
|
||||
x1 = rcClamp(x1, 0, w-1);
|
||||
|
||||
int nv, nv2 = nvrow;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int x = x0; x <= x1; ++x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Clip polygon to column. store the remaining polygon as well
|
||||
const float cx = bmin[0] + x*cs;
|
||||
dividePoly(inrow, nv2, p1, &nv, p2, &nv2, cx+cs, 0);
|
||||
rcSwap(inrow, p2);
|
||||
if (nv < 3) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate min and max of the span.
|
||||
float smin = p1[1], smax = p1[1];
|
||||
for (int i = 1; i < nv; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
smin = rcMin(smin, p1[i*3+1]);
|
||||
smax = rcMax(smax, p1[i*3+1]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
smin -= bmin[1];
|
||||
smax -= bmin[1];
|
||||
// Skip the span if it is outside the heightfield bbox
|
||||
if (smax < 0.0f) continue;
|
||||
if (smin > by) continue;
|
||||
// Clamp the span to the heightfield bbox.
|
||||
if (smin < 0.0f) smin = 0;
|
||||
if (smax > by) smax = by;
|
||||
|
||||
// Snap the span to the heightfield height grid.
|
||||
unsigned short ismin = (unsigned short)rcClamp((int)floorf(smin * ich), 0, RC_SPAN_MAX_HEIGHT);
|
||||
unsigned short ismax = (unsigned short)rcClamp((int)ceilf(smax * ich), (int)ismin+1, RC_SPAN_MAX_HEIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!addSpan(hf, x, y, ismin, ismax, area, flagMergeThr))
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// No spans will be added if the triangle does not overlap the heightfield grid.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcHeightfield
|
||||
bool rcRasterizeTriangle(rcContext* ctx, const float* v0, const float* v1, const float* v2,
|
||||
const unsigned char area, rcHeightfield& solid,
|
||||
const int flagMergeThr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_RASTERIZE_TRIANGLES);
|
||||
|
||||
const float ics = 1.0f/solid.cs;
|
||||
const float ich = 1.0f/solid.ch;
|
||||
if (!rasterizeTri(v0, v1, v2, area, solid, solid.bmin, solid.bmax, solid.cs, ics, ich, flagMergeThr))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcRasterizeTriangle: Out of memory.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Spans will only be added for triangles that overlap the heightfield grid.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcHeightfield
|
||||
bool rcRasterizeTriangles(rcContext* ctx, const float* verts, const int /*nv*/,
|
||||
const int* tris, const unsigned char* areas, const int nt,
|
||||
rcHeightfield& solid, const int flagMergeThr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_RASTERIZE_TRIANGLES);
|
||||
|
||||
const float ics = 1.0f/solid.cs;
|
||||
const float ich = 1.0f/solid.ch;
|
||||
// Rasterize triangles.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nt; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* v0 = &verts[tris[i*3+0]*3];
|
||||
const float* v1 = &verts[tris[i*3+1]*3];
|
||||
const float* v2 = &verts[tris[i*3+2]*3];
|
||||
// Rasterize.
|
||||
if (!rasterizeTri(v0, v1, v2, areas[i], solid, solid.bmin, solid.bmax, solid.cs, ics, ich, flagMergeThr))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcRasterizeTriangles: Out of memory.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Spans will only be added for triangles that overlap the heightfield grid.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcHeightfield
|
||||
bool rcRasterizeTriangles(rcContext* ctx, const float* verts, const int /*nv*/,
|
||||
const unsigned short* tris, const unsigned char* areas, const int nt,
|
||||
rcHeightfield& solid, const int flagMergeThr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_RASTERIZE_TRIANGLES);
|
||||
|
||||
const float ics = 1.0f/solid.cs;
|
||||
const float ich = 1.0f/solid.ch;
|
||||
// Rasterize triangles.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nt; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* v0 = &verts[tris[i*3+0]*3];
|
||||
const float* v1 = &verts[tris[i*3+1]*3];
|
||||
const float* v2 = &verts[tris[i*3+2]*3];
|
||||
// Rasterize.
|
||||
if (!rasterizeTri(v0, v1, v2, areas[i], solid, solid.bmin, solid.bmax, solid.cs, ics, ich, flagMergeThr))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcRasterizeTriangles: Out of memory.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// @par
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Spans will only be added for triangles that overlap the heightfield grid.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// @see rcHeightfield
|
||||
bool rcRasterizeTriangles(rcContext* ctx, const float* verts, const unsigned char* areas, const int nt,
|
||||
rcHeightfield& solid, const int flagMergeThr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rcAssert(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
rcScopedTimer timer(ctx, RC_TIMER_RASTERIZE_TRIANGLES);
|
||||
|
||||
const float ics = 1.0f/solid.cs;
|
||||
const float ich = 1.0f/solid.ch;
|
||||
// Rasterize triangles.
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < nt; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float* v0 = &verts[(i*3+0)*3];
|
||||
const float* v1 = &verts[(i*3+1)*3];
|
||||
const float* v2 = &verts[(i*3+2)*3];
|
||||
// Rasterize.
|
||||
if (!rasterizeTri(v0, v1, v2, areas[i], solid, solid.bmin, solid.bmax, solid.cs, ics, ich, flagMergeThr))
|
||||
{
|
||||
ctx->log(RC_LOG_ERROR, "rcRasterizeTriangles: Out of memory.");
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
1824
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastRegion.cpp
Normal file
1824
dep/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/RecastRegion.cpp
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Reference in New Issue
Block a user